6-K 1 6kAR20pillar3.htm ubsbaselIIIpillar3report20206k

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

 

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date: March 5, 2021

 

 

UBS Group AG

Commission File Number: 1-36764

 

UBS AG

Commission File Number: 1-15060

 

 

(Registrants' Name)

 

Bahnhofstrasse 45, Zurich, Switzerland and
Aeschenvorstadt 1, Basel, Switzerland

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants file or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F                         Form 40-F 

 


 

This Form 6-K consists of the 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 report of UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups, which appears immediately following this page.

 

 


 

  

 

 

31 December 2020 Pillar 3 report

 

UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise

“UBS,” “UBS Group,” “UBS Group AG consolidated,” “Group,” “the Group,” “we,” “us” and “our”

UBS Group AG and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS AG consolidated”

UBS AG and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS Group AG” and “UBS Group AG standalone”

UBS Group AG on a standalone basis

“UBS AG” and “UBS AG standalone”

UBS AG on a standalone basis

“UBS Switzerland AG” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone”

UBS Switzerland AG on a standalone basis

“UBS Europe SE consolidated”

UBS Europe SE and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS Americas Holding LLC” and

“UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated”

UBS Americas Holding LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries

 


 

Table of contents

Introduction and basis for preparation

 

UBS Group

18

Section 1

Key metrics

21

Section 2

Overview of risk-weighted assets

23

Section 3

Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

26

Section 4

Credit risk

58

Section 5

Counterparty credit risk

69

Section 6

Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk

74

Section 7

Securitizations

77

Section 8

Market risk

87

Section 9

Operational risk

88

Section 10

Interest rate risk in the banking book

92

Section 11

Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

101

Section 12

Total loss-absorbing capacity

103

Section 13

Leverage ratio

106

Section 14

Liquidity coverage ratio

109

Section 15

Remuneration

110

Section 16

Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

112

Section 1

Introduction

112

Section 2

UBS AG standalone

117

Section 3

UBS Switzerland AG standalone

124

Section 4

UBS Europe SE consolidated

125

Section 5

UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

 

 

 

       

Contacts

 


Switchboards

For all general inquiries.
ubs.com/contact

Zurich +41-44-234 1111
London +44-207-567 8000
New York +1-212-821 3000
Hong Kong +852-2971 8888
Singapore +65-6495 8000

Investor Relations

Institutional, professional and
retail investors are supported by UBS’s Investor Relations team.

UBS Group AG, Investor Relations
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

ubs.com/investors

Zurich +41-44-234 4100
New York +1-212-882 5734

Media Relations

Global media and journalists
are supported by UBS’s Media Relations team.

ubs.com/media

Zurich +41-44-234 8500
mediarelations@ubs.com

London +44-20-7567 4714
ubs-media-relations@ubs.com

New York +1-212-882 5858
mediarelations-ny@ubs.com

Hong Kong +852-2971 8200
sh-mediarelations-ap@ubs.com


Office of the Group Company Secretary

The Group Company Secretary receives inquiries regarding compensation and related issues addressed to members of the Board of Directors.

UBS Group AG, Office of the
Group Company Secretary
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-company-secretary@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

Shareholder Services

UBS’s Shareholder Services team,
a unit of the Group Company Secretary Office, is responsible
for the registration of UBS Group AG registered shares.

UBS Group AG, Shareholder Services
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-shareholder-services@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

US Transfer Agent

For global registered share-related
inquiries in the US.

Computershare Trust Company NA
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000, USA

Shareholder online inquiries:
www-us.computershare.com/
investor/Contact

Shareholder website:
computershare.com/investor

Calls from the US

+1-866-305-9566
Calls from outside the US
+1-781-575-2623
TDD for hearing impaired
+1-800-231-5469
TDD for foreign shareholders
+1-201-680-6610

 

 


Imprint

Publisher: UBS Group AG, Zurich, Switzerland | ubs.com
Language: English

© UBS 2021. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights reserved.

 

 

  

 


 

Introduction and basis for preparation

Scope of Basel III Pillar 3 disclosures

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III capital adequacy framework consists of three complementary pillars. Pillar 1 provides a framework for measuring minimum capital requirements for the credit, market, operational and non-counterparty-related risks faced by banks. Pillar 2 addresses the principles of the supervisory review process, emphasizing the need for a qualitative approach to supervising banks. Pillar 3 requires banks to publish a range of disclosures, mainly covering risk, capital, leverage, liquidity and remuneration.

This report provides Pillar 3 disclosures for the UBS Group and prudential key figures and regulatory information for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated in the respective sections under “Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups.”

As UBS is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law, UBS Group AG and UBS AG are required to comply with regulations based on the Basel III framework as applicable to Swiss SRBs on a consolidated basis. Capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2020 for UBS Group AG consolidated is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020 and for UBS AG consolidated in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of the combined UBS Group AG and UBS AG Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

Local regulators may also require the publication of Pillar 3 information at a subsidiary or sub-group level. Where applicable, these local disclosures are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors

COVID-19 regulatory measures

COVID-19 temporary regulatory measures in Switzerland

In March 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted provisional emergency legislation to support small and medium-sized Swiss companies suffering from substantial reductions in revenue due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

In December 2020, the Swiss Parliament approved the COVID-19 Joint and Several Guarantee Act, which became effective on 19 December 2020. This Act codified the measures adopted under emergency legislation into ordinary law and provides for regulation of the loan programs and guarantees over their life cycle. The new Act extends the standard amortization period of loans from five to eight years.

Under the aforementioned legislation, and until 31 July 2020, affected companies were able to apply through their banks for emergency loans, amounting to a maximum of 10% of their annual turnover, with a ceiling of CHF 20 million. As of that date, we had committed CHF 2.7 billion of loans up to CHF 0.5 million, which are 100% guaranteed by the Swiss government, and CHF 0.6 billion of loans between CHF 0.5 million and CHF 20 million, which are 85% government-guaranteed. As of 31 December 2020, the total committed loans amounted to CHF 3.0 billion (31 July 2020: CHF 3.3 billion), of which CHF 1.8 billion was drawn. We intend to donate any economic profits from this program to COVID-19 relief efforts, although no such profits were made in 2020.

Furthermore, the Swiss Federal Council deactivated the countercyclical buffer on residential real estate loans in March 2020 until further notice, at the request of the Swiss National Bank (the SNB), to support the lending capacity of banks. This led to a reduction of 29 basis points of UBS’s common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital requirement as of 31 December 2020, with no impact on UBS’s capital ratios.

Banks that have model-based market risk RWA calculations, such as UBS, experienced an increased number of backtesting exceptions, driven by the higher volatility levels in the markets throughout 2020. These exceptions could ultimately result in higher bank-specific minimum capital requirements. To prevent procyclicality in capital requirements, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) introduced a temporary exemption, freezing the number of backtesting exceptions from 1 February 2020 until 1 July 2020, and subsequently introduced this exemption into supervisory practice: the exemption therefore continued to apply beyond 1 July 2020, subject to future withdrawal by the regulator. For UBS, the number of negative backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window increased from 0 to 3 by the end of 2020. The resulting FINMA VaR multiplier for market risk RWA remained unchanged at 3 as of 31 December 2020; UBS did not benefit from the exemption in 2020

In addition, FINMA permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduced the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution. As of 31 December 2020, these exclusions resulted in a temporary reduction of our LRD for going concern requirement purposes of USD 93 billion. Given our existing buffers to capital requirements and the temporary nature of this measure, this had no impact on our capacity to provide funding to our clients or the Swiss economy.

    Refer to the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of this report for more information about the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19

COVID-19 temporary regulatory measures outside Switzerland

Regulators in key jurisdictions outside of Switzerland have taken measures intended to encourage banks to take an accommodative stance when dealing with customers facing financial stress, and also to support liquidity in markets. These measures include temporary relaxation of capital buffer and Pillar 2 capital requirements, temporary modifications to the LRD and the establishment of special lending or financing facilities.

The BCBS has delayed the implementation deadline of Basel III rules by one year, to 1 January 2023. The accompanying transitional arrangement for the output floor has also been extended by one year, to 1 January 2028. Separately, the BCBS and the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) have extended the final implementation phase of the framework for margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives by one year, to 1 September 2022.

2 


 

In May 2020, the Federal Reserve made a temporary change to permit the exclusion of US Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the calculation of the supplementary leverage ratio for bank holding companies (BHCs) and intermediate holding companies (IHCs), including UBS Americas Holding LLC. This temporary change will be in effect until 31 March 2021.

The EU and the European Central Bank (the ECB) have also communicated a series of regulatory measures to stabilize the economy in Europe. None of those measures had a significant impact on UBS Group during 2020.

Capital returns

The second tranche of the 2019 dividend (USD 0.365 per share) was paid on 27 November 2020 following shareholder approval at an extraordinary general meeting on 19 November 2020.

For 2020, the Board of Directors intends to propose an ordinary dividend per share of USD 0.37 for the 2020 financial year, to be approved at the general meeting of shareholders in April 2021.

In the first quarter of 2020, before the introduction of COVID-related share repurchase restrictions, we repurchased CHF 350 million (USD 364 million) of our shares. In the first quarter of 2021, we repurchased the remaining CHF 100 million of our 2018–2021 program, which is now complete and closed.

Furthermore, we have established a USD 2.0 billion capital reserve for potential share repurchases during the second half of 2020. On 11 February 2021, we launched a new three-year program of up to CHF 4 billion, of which up to USD 1 billion is in the process of being executed by the end of the first quarter of 2021.

International action regarding capital distributions

During 2020, regulators in several jurisdictions implemented measures restricting bank capital distributions and share repurchase programs. These measures were intended to maintain capital resilience and lending capacity following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. As at 31 December 2020, no such measures were in place in Switzerland.

In June 2020, the European Systemic Risk Board issued a recommendation to prevent EU financial institutions from making capital distributions and running share repurchase programs, which was extended in July 2020 until 1 January 2021. In December 2020, the ECB announced that EU banks under its supervision, including UBS Europe SE, should exercise extreme prudence with regard to dividends and share repurchases from 1 January until 30 September 2021.

In the US, the Federal Reserve Board (the FRB) has taken several actions, including a prohibition on increasing dividends and share repurchases, which started in the third quarter of 2020, keeping these restrictions largely unchanged throughout the fourth quarter. As a result, UBS Americas Holding LLC was restricted from distributing cash dividends on common equity in excess of the firm’s average net income over the four preceding quarters. In December, the FRB announced that it would continue capital distribution constraints for supervised firms for the first quarter of 2021 and would review the need to renew such constraints at a later date.

UBS continues to monitor policy developments regarding distributions.


Significant regulatory and disclosure requirements and changes effective in or from 2020

Significant BCBS and FINMA capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, and related disclosure requirements

This Pillar 3 report has been prepared in accordance with FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements (FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks”) as revised on 31 October 2019, the underlying BCBS guidance “Revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in January 2015, the “Frequently asked questions on the revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in August 2016, the “Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – consolidated and enhanced framework” issued in March 2017 and the subsequent “Technical Amendment – Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – regulatory treatment of accounting provisions” issued in August 2018.

Changes to Pillar 1 requirements

Revised FINMA circular on credit risk

Effective 1 January 2020, we have adopted the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR). SA-CCR is a comprehensive, non-modeled approach for measuring counterparty credit risk associated with over-the-counter derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives and long settlement transactions that replaces the current exposure method (CEM).

The implementation impact from SA-CCR on risk-weighted assets was USD 1.8 billion, which was fully absorbed during the first quarter of 2020.

We also adopted the capital requirements for investments in funds in the banking book detailed in FINMA Circular 2017/7 “Credit risk – banks,” whereby investments in funds that are held in the banking book are consistently treated with one of the following three approaches, which vary in their degree of risk sensitivity and conservatism: the “look-through approach,” the “mandate-based approach” or the “fallback approach.” The implementation of these revised capital requirements for fund investments led to a USD 0.6 billion increase in RWA, which was fully absorbed during the first quarter of 2020.

In addition, we have implemented the FINMA revisions to the capital treatment concerning UBS’s exposures to central counterparties, which mainly include a single approach for calculating capital requirements for exposures arising from UBS’s contributions to the mutualized default fund resources of a qualifying central counterparty (a QCCP) which had no material impact on risk-weighted assets, and the specific guidance regarding multi-level client structures where UBS clears its trades through intermediaries linked to a central counterparty.

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements

As of 1 January 2020, we have fully phased in the going and gone concern requirements of the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance (the CAO) that include the too-big-to-fail provisions applicable to Swiss SRBs.

As of 1 January 2020, instruments meeting gone concern requirements continue to remain eligible until one year before maturity; the previously applicable 50% haircut in the last year of eligibility has been removed. Instead, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can now be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and

 

3 


 

two years (i.e., are in the last year of eligibility). Once at least 75% of the gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital. Our gone concern instruments are reasonably evenly distributed across maturities, with no major cliffs; therefore, this 25% restriction has not affected us and we do not anticipate that it will affect us in the future.

Under the Swiss SRB framework, banks are eligible for a rebate on the gone concern requirement if they take actions that facilitate recovery and resolvability beyond the minimum requirements. The amount of the rebate for improved resolvability is assessed annually by FINMA. Based on actions we had completed by December 2019 to improve resolvability, FINMA granted a rebate on the gone concern requirement of 47.5% of the aforementioned maximum rebate in the third quarter of 2020, which resulted in a reduction of 2.54 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.89 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement.

Our gone concern requirements are further reduced when higher quality capital instruments (CET1 capital, low-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 or certain low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments) are used to meet gone concern requirements. As of 31 December 2020, UBS has used low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments to fulfill gone concern requirements, resulting in a reduction of 1.25 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.35 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement.

Until 31 December 2021, the gone concern requirement following the application of the rebate for resolvability measures and the reduction for the use of higher quality capital instruments is floored at 8.6% and 3% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively. From 1 January 2022 onwards, this floor increases to 10% and 3.75% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively.

    Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for information about the current capital requirements

Gone concern capital requirements for UBS AG standalone and UBS Switzerland AG

Effective 1 January 2020, UBS AG standalone is subject to the gone concern capital requirements for Switzerland-based intermediate parent banks of global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) on a standalone basis, as stipulated in the revised CAO issued in November 2019. We have provided the necessary disclosure since the first quarter of 2020.

UBS Switzerland AG is subject to a lower gone concern requirement effective 1 January 2020, corresponding to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before applicable reductions) as outlined in the revised CAO.

    Refer to the “UBS AG standalone” and the “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” sections of this report for more information about the revised gone concern capital requirements

Revision of the Swiss Banking Act

In June 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted a dispatch on the partial revision of the Banking Act. The proposed measures
would strengthen the Swiss depositor protection scheme by requiring banks to deposit half of their contribution obligations for the deposit protection scheme in securities or cash with a custodian. A related adjustment to the Intermediated Securities Act would require custodians of securities to separate their own portfolios from the portfolios of their clients. Furthermore, the revision would amend the section of the Swiss Banking Act on bank insolvency provisions, including the ranking of claims in case of a bail-in and the required subordination of bail-in bonds, except those issued by a holding company with pari passu liabilities of less than 5% of the total bail-in bond capital.

As the next step, both chambers of the Parliament will debate the bill; the revised Banking Act is not expected to come into force until the start of 2022. We expect moderate additional costs for all Switzerland-based Group entities in scope.

Results of the annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

In June 2020, the Federal Reserve released the results of its annual Dodd–Frank Act Stress Tests (DFAST) and Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR).

UBS’s intermediate holding company, UBS Americas Holding LLC, exceeded minimum capital requirements under the severely adverse scenario and the Federal Reserve did not object to its capital plan. As a result, UBS Americas Holding LLC will no longer be subject to the qualitative assessment component of CCAR.

Following the completion of the annual DFAST and CCAR, UBS Americas Holding LLC was assigned a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 6.7% under the SCB rule (based on Dodd–Frank Act stress test results and planned future dividends), which results in the imposition of restrictions if the SCB is not maintained above specified regulatory minimum capital requirements.

The Federal Reserve also conducted sensitivity analyses to model the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result of these supplementary analyses, the Federal Reserve determined that firms should resubmit revised capital plans based on a new stress scenario. In December 2020, the Federal Reserve released the results of this second CCAR of 2020. UBS Americas Holding LLC’s projected stress capital ratios exceeded regulatory capital minima under the updated supervisory scenarios.

Restatement of compensation-related liabilities

During 2020, UBS restated its balance sheet and statement of changes in equity as of 1 January 2018 to correct a liability understatement in connection with a legacy Global Wealth Management deferred compensation plan in the Americas region, resulting in a decrease in equity attributable to shareholders of USD 32 million. The corresponding effects on regulatory capital and other disclosed metrics were reflected in the comparative period figures where applicable. The restatement had no effect on net profit / (loss) for the current period or for any comparative periods.

    Refer to “Note 1b Changes in accounting policies, comparability and other adjustments” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2020 report for more information

 

4 


 

Changes to Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

First publication of the Pillar 3 ”CCR8 – Exposures to central counterparties” table

Following the adoption of the FINMA revisions to the capital treatment concerning UBS’s exposures to central counterparties in January 2020, we disclose the semi-annual “CCR8 – Exposures to central counterparties” table.

 

Other changes to Pillar 3 disclosures

Simplification of Pillar 3 disclosures

Given the current immaterial business volumes and declining trend of total securitization exposures over the past years, we have condensed the following semi-annual Pillar 3 disclosures into one single tabular disclosure titled ”Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements”:

     ”SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the banking book”;

     ”SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book”;

     ”SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as originator or as sponsor”; and

     ”SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as investor.”

 

The new table is presented in this report and in our 30 June 2020 Pillar 3 report.

Market risk RWA are mainly based on the internal models approach, with the exception of securitization exposures in the trading book, which are subject to the standardized approach. From the second quarter of 2020 onward, the MR1 table is therefore no longer separately presented and RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book continues to be disclosed in the “OV1 – Overview of RWA” and in the narrative of section 7 on securitization exposures in the trading book.

Significant model updates and accounting and methodology changes effective in or from 2020

Removal of market risk RWA multiplier

When our value-at-risk (VaR) model was structurally changed in the first quarter of 2016, FINMA introduced a temporary market risk RWA multiplier of 1.3 to be applied in the calculation of VaR and stressed VaR (SVaR) RWA. As of 30 June 2020, we have removed this specific multiplier, following the demonstration of model performance.

Operational risk RWA model recalibration

During the fourth quarter of 2020, FINMA approved the annual Group advanced measurement approach (AMA) recalibration, resulting in a reduction of operational risk RWA by USD 1.8 billion, to USD 75.8 billion.

Phase-in of RWA effects

Effective from the third quarter of 2020, we began to phase in RWA increases related to the fourth quarter of 2020 release of new probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) parameters for the mortgage portfolios in the US. As agreed with FINMA, the RWA effects of such model updates will be phased in over six quarters, until the end of 2021, with an estimated quarterly RWA increase of USD 0.5 billion.

Changes to accounting treatment affecting Pillar 1 and Pillar 3 disclosures of UBS AG standalone

In June 2020, we aligned the accounting treatment of investments in associates in the UBS AG International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) standalone accounts with the ”equity method” accounting applied in the UBS Group IFRS financial statements. Previously, we had applied a ”cost less impairment” approach for these investments in the UBS AG standalone IFRS financial statements. Effective 30 June 2020, UBS AG standalone CET1 capital, LRD and RWA increased by approximately USD 0.9 billion, USD 0.9 billion and USD 2.4 billion, respectively.

    Refer to the “UBS AG standalone” section of our 30 June 2020 Pillar 3 report for more information about the restated comparatives

Significant regulatory and disclosure requirements to be adopted in 2021 or later

NSFR implementation

In September 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted an amendment to the Liquidity Ordinance for the implementation of the net stable funding ratio (the NSFR). The NSFR regulation was finalized in the fourth quarter of 2020 with the release of the revised FINMA liquidity circular, and will become effective on 1 July 2021. It applies to UBS Group AG at the consolidated level and to UBS AG, UBS Switzerland AG and UBS Swiss Financial Advisers AG at the standalone level. UBS is on schedule to operationalize the NSFR regulation; its overall effect on UBS is expected to be limited.

In October 2020, the US banking regulators finalized the NSFR rule for supervised firms to ensure a minimum level of stable funding. The rule becomes effective as of 1 July 2021 and will require semi-annual disclosure from 1 January 2023. As a Category III firm under the Federal Reserve’s Tailoring Rule (2019), UBS’s intermediate holding company, UBS Americas Holding LLC, and its subsidiary bank, UBS Bank USA, will be subject to an NSFR requirement of 85%.

In the European Union, the European Commission adopted the updated Capital Requirements Regulation in June 2019, which will become effective from 28 June 2021. The regulation requires UBS Europe SE to provide a detailed annual NSFR disclosure and a semi-annual NSFR key metrics disclosure.

    Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors for more information about the NSFR

Basel III finalization and adjustments to market risk framework

The BCBS announced the finalization of the Basel III framework in December 2017, and published the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book) in January 2019. In response to COVID-19, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision, which acts as the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the deferral of the implementation date by one year, to 1 January 2023. The accompanying transitional arrangements for the output floor have also been extended by one year, to 1 January 2028. The most significant changes include:

     placing floors on certain model inputs under the IRB approach to calculate credit risk RWA;

5 


 

     requiring the use of standardized approaches for calculation of the credit valuation adjustment and for operational risk RWA;

     placing an aggregate output floor on the group RWA equal to 72.5% of the RWA calculated using a revised standardized approach; and

     revising the LRD calculation and introducing a leverage ratio surcharge for G-SIBs.

 

The revisions to the minimum capital requirements on market risk include adjustments to the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach, the calibration of certain elements of the framework and adjustments of the internal models approach. The revised BCBS standards will take effect from 1 January 2023.

We do not expect the Swiss regulations to become mandatory until after the BCBS target effective date of 1 January 2023.

Leverage ratio treatment

In June 2019, the BCBS aligned the leverage ratio measurement of client-cleared derivatives with SA-CCR. This treatment permits both cash and non-cash forms of segregated initial margin, as well as cash and non-cash variation margin, received from a client to offset the replacement cost and potential future exposure for client-cleared derivatives only. This will help to mitigate any potential effect on the LRD from the finalization of the Basel III framework. The modified standardized approach for counterparty credit risk for leverage ratio purposes will become effective 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

The BCBS has updated the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements to reflect the revisions to the operational risk, market risk, credit risk, credit value adjustments and leverage ratio under the finalized Basel III framework. In addition, there will be new disclosure requirements on asset encumbrance and, if required by national supervisors at the jurisdictional level, on capital distribution constraints. Further, banks are asked to disclose their leverage ratios based on quarter-end and daily average values of securities financing transactions. These requirements will become effective 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Revisions to the CVA risk framework

In July 2020, the BCBS replaced the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk framework published in December 2017 with an updated standard. This final standard incorporates changes proposed in the consultation published in November 2019, and includes recalibrated risk weights, different treatment of certain client cleared derivatives and an overall recalibration of the standardized and basic approach including a reduced value of the aggregate multiplier for banks using the SA-CVA. These revisions come into effect on 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.  

Capital treatment of securitizations of non-performing loans

The BCBS issued a technical amendment in November 2020 that sets out capital requirements for non-performing loan securitizations, with an expected implementation date no later than 1 January 2023. The technical amendment establishes a 100% risk weight for certain tranches of non-performing loan securitizations. The risk weights applicable to the other positions are determined by the existing hierarchy of approaches, in conjunction with a 100% risk weight floor and a ban on the use of certain inputs for capital requirements. This amendment does not change the applicable capital requirements to securitizations of performing assets. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Significant BCBS and FINMA consultation papers

Minimum haircut floors for securities financing transactions

On 26 January 2021, the BCBS issued a consultation to seek public feedback on two technical amendments to the standard on minimum haircut floors for securities financing transactions (SFTs). The amendments seek to address an interpretative issue relating to collateral upgrade transactions and correct for a misstatement of the formula used to calculate haircut floors for netting sets of SFTs. Comments on this consultative paper are due by 31 March 2021.

Frequency and comparability of Pillar 3 disclosures

The table on the next page summarizes the reporting frequency for each disclosure as per the current FINMA requirements applicable to UBS.

We provide quantitative comparative information as of 30 September 2020 for disclosures required on a quarterly basis and as of 30 June 2020 for disclosures required on a semi-annual basis. Where specifically required by FINMA and / or the BCBS, we disclose comparative information for additional reporting dates.

Where required, movement commentary is aligned with the corresponding disclosure frequency required by FINMA and always refers to the latest comparative period. Throughout this report, signposts are displayed at the beginning of a section, table or chart – Annual | Semi-annual | Quarterly | – indicating whether the disclosure is provided annually, semi-annually or quarterly. A triangle symbol – – indicates the end of the signpost.

    Refer to our 31 March 2020, 30 June 2020 and 30 September 2020 Pillar 3 reports, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information about previously published quarterly movement commentary

    Refer to our 30 June 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information about previously published semi-annual movement commentary

 

 

 

6 


 

The following table outlines the annual, semi-annual and quarterly disclosure requirements that are satisfied in this report for UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups as applicable. For specific disclosures, this report may refer to our Annual Report 2020.

 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section of this report

Page number in this report

Annual disclosure requirements

OVA

Bank risk management approach

Introduction and basis for preparation

11–12

 

 

LI1

Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statements with regulatory risk categories

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

23

LI2

Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

25

LIA

Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

24

PV1

Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

99

GSIB1

Disclosure of G-SIB indicators

Section 16 Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

109

LIQA

Liquidity risk management

Section 14 Liquidity coverage ratio

107

CRA

Credit risk management

Section 4 Credit risk

27

CRB

Additional disclosure related to the credit quality of assets:

     Breakdown of exposures by industry

     Breakdown of exposures by geographical area

     Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity

     Credit-impaired exposures by industry

     Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area

     Past due exposures

     Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired

Section 4 Credit risk

 

28

28

29

30

30

32

32

CRC

Credit risk mitigation

Section 4 Credit risk

33

CRD

Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk

Section 4 Credit risk

37

CRE

Internal ratings-based models

Section 4 Credit risk

39

CR9

IRB – backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio

Section 4 Credit risk

50–56

CCRA

Counterparty credit risk management

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

58

SECA

     Introduction

     Objectives, roles and involvement

 

Section 7 Securitization

74

74–75

MRA

Market risk

Section 8 Market risk

77

MRB

Internal models approach

Section 8 Market risk

80

IRRBBA

Interest rate risk in the banking book

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

88

IRRBB1

Quantitative information about IRRBB

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

89

IRRBBA1

Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

90–91

REMA

Remuneration policy

Section 15 Remuneration

108

ORA

Operational risk

Section 9 Operational risk

87

-

Calculation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

Section 8 Market risk

82

 

-

Calculation of RniV-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

Section 8 Market risk

84

 

-

Calculation of IRC-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

Section 8 Market risk

85

 

-

Comprehensive risk measure

Section 8 Market risk

86

 

7 


 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section in this report

Page number in this report

Semi-annual disclosure requirements

CR1

Credit quality of assets

Section 4 Credit risk

31

CR2

Changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures

Section 4 Credit risk

32

CR3

Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview

Section 4 Credit risk

34

CR4

Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects

Section 4 Credit risk

35

CR5

Standardized approach – exposures by asset classes and risk weights

Section 4 Credit risk

38

CR6

IRB – credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range

Section 4 Credit risk

40–47

CR7

IRB – effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques

Section 4 Credit risk

36

CR10

IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)

Section 4 Credit risk

57

CCR1

Analysis of counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

59

CCR2

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

59

CCR3

Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

60

CCR4

IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

61–65

CCR5

Composition of collateral for CCR exposure

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

66

CCR6

Credit derivatives exposures

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

66

CCR8

Exposures to central counterparties

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

68

SEC1, SEC2, SEC3, SEC4

Tailored table “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements“

Section 7 Securitizations

76

MR1

The data is reflected in the “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements” table

Section 7 Securitizations

76

MR3

IMA values for trading portfolios

Section 8 Market risk

81

MR4

Comparison of VaR estimates with gains / losses

Section 8 Market risk

83

CC1

Composition of regulatory capital

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

96–98

CC2

Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

94–95

CCA

Main features of regulatory capital instruments and other TLAC-eligible instruments

n/a – The CCA table is published on our website. Refer to the document titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” under “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

n/a

CCyB1

Geographical distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

93

TLAC1

TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

100

TLAC2

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

125

TLAC3

Creditor ranking at legal entity level for the resolution entity,

UBS Group AG

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

101

-

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

24

 

 

 

8 


 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section in this report

Page number in this report

 

Quarterly disclosure requirements

KM1

Key metrics

UBS Group:

Section 1 Key metrics

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Section 4 UBS Europe SE consolidated

Section 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

 

18–19

 

 

111

116

123

124

 

 

KM2

Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at resolution group level)

Section 1 Key metrics

18, 20

 

OV1

Overview of RWA

Section 2 Overview of risk-weighted assets

21–22

 

CR8

RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB

Section 4 Credit risk

49

 

CCR7

RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

67

 

MR2

RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under an internal models approach

Section 8 Market risk

79

 

LR1

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio summary comparison

Section 13 Leverage ratio

104

 

LR2

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio common disclosure

Section 13 Leverage ratio

103

 

LIQ1

Liquidity coverage ratio

Section 14 Liquidity coverage ratio

106

 

-

High-quality liquid assets

Section 14 Liquidity coverage ratio

105

 

-

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

UBS Group

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

92

 

 

 

113

117

 

-

 

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information including temporary FINMA exemption

UBS Group:

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

93

 

 

 

112

118

 

-

 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

114

119

 

-

 

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions

Section 13 Leverage ratio

102

 

-

 

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

115

120

 

 

1 Disclosure requirement per FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks.”

9 


 

Format of Pillar 3 disclosures

As defined by FINMA, certain Pillar 3 disclosures follow a fixed format, whereas other disclosures are flexible and may be modified to a certain degree to present the most relevant information. Pillar 3 requirements are presented under the relevant FINMA table / template reference (e.g., OVA, OV1, LI1, etc.). Pillar 3 disclosures may also include row labeling (1, 2, 3, etc.) as prescribed by FINMA. Naming conventions used in our Pillar 3 disclosures are based on the FINMA guidance and may not reflect UBS naming conventions.

The FINMA-defined asset classes used within this Pillar 3 report are as follows:

     Central governments and central banks, consisting of exposures relating to governments at the level of the nation state and their central banks. The European Union is also treated as a central government.

     Banks and securities dealers, consisting of exposures to legal entities holding banking licenses and securities firms subject to adequate supervisory and regulatory arrangements, including risk-based capital requirements. Securities firms can only be assigned to this asset class if they are subject to a supervision equivalent to that of banks.

     Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks, consisting of exposures to institutions established on the basis of public law in different forms, such as administrative entities or public companies and regional governments, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, and eligible multi-lateral development banks recognized by FINMA.

     Corporates: specialized lending, consisting of exposures relating to income-producing real estate and high-volatility commercial real estate, commodities finance, project finance and object finance.

     Corporates: other lending, consisting of all exposures to corporates that are not specialized lending. This asset class includes private commercial entities, such as corporations, partnerships or proprietorships, insurance companies and funds (including managed funds).

     Retail: residential mortgages, consisting of residential mortgages, regardless of exposure size, if the owner occupies or rents out the mortgaged property.

     Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures, consisting of unsecured and revolving credits to individuals that exhibit appropriate loss characteristics relating to credit card relationships at UBS.

     Retail: other, consisting primarily of Lombard lending that represents loans made against the pledge of eligible marketable securities or cash, as well as exposures to small businesses, private clients and other retail customers without mortgage financing.

     Equity, consisting of instruments that have no stated or predetermined maturity and represent a residual interest in the net assets of an entity.

     Other assets, consisting of the remainder of exposures which UBS is exposed to, mainly non-counterparty-related assets.

Governance over Pillar 3 disclosures

The Board of Directors (the BoD) and senior management are responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure over the disclosure of financial information, including Pillar 3 disclosures. In line with BCBS and FINMA requirements, we have a BoD-approved Pillar 3 disclosure governance policy in place, which includes information about the key internal controls and procedures designed to govern the preparation, review and sign-off of Pillar 3 disclosures. This Pillar 3 report has been verified and approved in line with that policy.

 

10 


 

Risk management framework

Our Group-wide risk management framework is applied across all risk types. The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Annual |

OVA – Bank risk management approach 

 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business model and risk profile

 

Our strategy, business model and environment

 

Risk factors

 

56–66

 

 

 

 

Current market climate and industry trends

 

31–33

 

 

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overview of risks arising from our business activities

 

Risk categories

 

Top and emerging risks

 

Risk appetite framework

 

Risk measurement

 

Credit risk – Key developments, Main sources of credit risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques, Credit risk profile of the Group

 

Market risk – Key developments, Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

Other market risk exposures

 

Country risk framework, Country risk exposure

 

Operational risk framework

 

Risk management and control principles

 

91–92

 

93

 

94

 

97–100

 

103–105

 

 

106–107

 

 

124

 

 

128–131

 

131–132

 

133–136

 

140

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk governance

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk categories

 

Risk governance

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book – Risk management and governance

 

Liquidity and funding management  – Strategy, objectives and governance

 

Capital management – Capital management objectives, Capital planning and activities

 

93

95–96

129

 

158

 

144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communication and enforcement of risk culture within the bank

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk governance

Risk appetite framework

Internal risk reporting

Operational risk framework

 

95–96

97–100

101

140

 

Scope and main features of risk measurement systems

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

Risk measurement

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

Country risk exposure measure

Advanced measurement approach model

 

103–105

107

 

124

 

133

141

 

 

 

 

 

Risk information reporting

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk governance

Internal risk reporting

Risk management and control principles

 

95–96

101

98

 

 

 

 

 

11 


 

OVA – Bank risk management approach (continued)

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stress testing

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk appetite framework

 

97–100

 

 

Stress testing

 

103–104

 

 

Credit risk models – Stress loss

 

119

 

 

Market risk stress loss

 

125

 

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

128–131

 

 

Other market risk exposures

 

131–132

 

 

Liquidity management – Stress testing

 

158

Strategies and processes applied to manage, hedge and mitigate risks

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

107

 

 

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

114–115

 

 

 

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

124

 

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

125–128

 

 

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

128–131

 

 

 

Other market risk exposures

 

131–132

 

 

 

Country risk exposure

 

133–136

 

 

 

Operational risk framework

 

140

 

 

 

Liquidity and funding management

 

158–161

 

 

 

Currency management

 

171

 

 

 

Risk management and control principles

 

98

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

320–321

 

 

 

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

343

 

 

 

Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments measured at fair value

 

362

 

 

 

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

364–365

p

12 


 

Our approach to measuring risk exposure and risk-weighted assets

Depending on the intended purpose, the measurement of risk exposure that we apply may differ. Exposures may be measured for financial accounting purposes under IFRS for deriving our regulatory capital requirement or for internal risk management and control purposes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures are generally based on measures of risk exposure used to derive the regulatory capital required under Pillar 1. Our RWA are calculated according to the BCBS Basel III framework, as implemented by the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued by the Swiss Federal Council and by the associated circulars issued by FINMA.

The table below provides a summary of the approaches we use for the main risk categories to determine the regulatory risk exposure and RWA.

 

 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

I. Credit risk

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of a loss resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations toward UBS arising from transactions such as loans, debt securities held in our banking book and undrawn credit facilities.

 

Refer to section 4, Credit risk.

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount we expect a counterparty to owe us at the time of a possible default. For banking products, the EAD generally equals the IFRS carrying amount as of the reporting date. The EAD is expected to remain constant over the 12-month period. For loan commitments, a credit conversion factor is applied to model expected future drawdowns over the 12-month period.

We apply two approaches to measure credit risk RWA:

     Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by reference to internal probability of default and loss given default estimates.

     Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set of our credit portfolio where internal measures are not available.

Non-counterparty-related risk

Non-counterparty-related risk (NCPA) denotes the risk of a loss arising from changes in value or from liquidation of assets not linked to any counterparty, for example, premises, equipment and software, and deferred tax assets on temporary differences. 

 

Refer to section 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring NCPA exposure.

We measure non-counterparty-related risk RWA by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights to the NCPA exposure.

Equity positions in the banking book

Risk from equity positions in the banking book refers to the investment risk arising from equity positions and other relevant investments or instruments held in our banking book.

 

Refer to section 4, Credit risk.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring risk exposure for equity securities held in our banking book, but reflecting a net position.

We measure the RWA from equity positions in the banking book by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights to our listed and unlisted equity exposures.

 

13 


 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

II. Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk is the risk that a counterparty for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs) or securities financing transactions (SFTs) will default before the final settlement of a transaction and cause a loss to the firm if the transaction has a positive economic value at the time of default.

 

Refer to section 5, Counterparty credit risk.

We primarily use internal models to measure counterparty credit risk exposures to third parties. All internal models are approved by FINMA.

     For OTC derivatives and ETDs we apply the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework.

     For SFTs, we apply the close-out period approach.

 

In certain instances where risk models are not available:

     Exposure on OTC derivatives and ETDs is calculated considering the net positive replacement values and potential future exposure.

     Exposure for SFTs is based on the IFRS carrying amount, net of collateral mitigation.

We apply two approaches to measure counterparty credit risk RWA:

     Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by reference to internal counterparty ratings and loss given default estimates.

     Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set of our credit portfolio, where internal measures are not available.

 

We apply an additional credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge to hold capital against the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality.

Settlement risk

Settlement risk is the risk of loss resulting from transactions that involve exchange of value (e.g., security versus cash) where we must deliver without first being able to determine with certainty that we will receive the countervalue.

 

Refer to section 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring settlement risk exposure.

We measure settlement risk RWA through the application of prescribed regulatory risk weights to the settlement risk exposure.

III. Securitization exposures in the banking book

Securitization exposures in the banking book

Exposures arising from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our banking book.

 

Refer to section 7, Securitizations.

The IFRS carrying amount after eligible regulatory credit risk mitigation and credit conversion factor is the basis for measuring securitization exposure.

Consistent with the BCBS, we apply the FINMA-defined hierarchy of approaches for banking book securitizations to measure RWA:

     Internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA), considering the advanced IRB risk weights, if the securitized pool largely consists of IRB positions and internal ratings are available.

     External ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), if the IRB approach cannot be applied, risk weights are applied based on external ratings, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in critically reviewing and challenging the external ratings.

     Standardized approach (SEC-SA) or 1,250% risk weight factor, if none of the aforementioned approaches can be applied, we would apply the standardized approach where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%.

 

For re-securitization exposures we apply either the standardized approach or a risk weight factor of 1,250%.

 

14 


 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

IV. Market risk

Value-at-risk (VaR) 

VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (holding period) at an established level of confidence. For regulatory VaR, the holding period is 10 days and the confidence level is 99%. For our risk management measure Management VaR we apply a holding period of 1 day and a confidence level of 95%.

For further differences between the regulatory and Management VaR, refer to the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2020.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The VaR component of market risk RWA is calculated by taking the maximum of the period-end VaR and the product of the average VaR for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier. The quantity is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. The VaR multiplier is dependent on the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window.

Stressed VaR  (SVaR) 

SVaR is a 10-day 99% VaR measure that is estimated with model parameters that are calibrated to historical data covering a one-year period of significant financial stress relevant to the firm’s current portfolio.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The derivation of SVaR RWA is similar to the one explained above for VaR. Unlike VaR, SVaR is computed weekly, and as a result the average SVaR is computed over the most recent 12 observations.

Add-on for risks not in VaR  (RniV)

Potential risks that are not fully captured by our VaR model are referred to as RniV. We have a framework to identify and quantify these potential risks and underpin them with capital.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

Our RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk RWA, which is approved by FINMA. Starting in the second quarter of 2018, RniV and RWA resulting from RniV are recalibrated on a monthly basis.

 

As the RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

Incremental risk charge (IRC)

The IRC represents an estimate of the default and rating migration risk of all trading book positions with issuer risk, except for equity products and securitization exposures, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The IRC is calculated weekly, and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier.

Comprehensive risk measure (CRM)

The CRM is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions. Prior to then, the CRM had been calculated weekly and used to derive the CRM-based component of the market risk RWA, with the calculation subject to a floor equal to 8% of the equivalent capital charge under the specific risk measure (SRM) for the correlation trading portfolio.

Securitization /

re-securitization in the trading book

Risk arising from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our trading book.

 

Refer to section 7, Securitizations and
section 8, Market risk.

The exposure is equal to the fair value of the net long or short securitization position.

We measure trading book securitization RWA using the Ratings-based approach, i.e., applying risk weights based on external ratings.

V. Operational risk 

Operational risk 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including cyber risk. Operational risk includes, among others, legal risk, conduct risk and compliance risk.

 

Refer to section 9, Operational risk.

 

We use the advanced measurement approach to measure operational risk RWA in accordance with FINMA requirements.

  

15 


 

 


 

UBS Group

 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 1  Key metrics

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The KM1 and KM2 tables on the following pages are based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules; however, they do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) in connection with COVID-19 that permits banks to exclude central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio calculation. The KM2 table includes a reference to the total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) term sheet, published by the Financial Stability Board (the FSB). The FSB provides this term sheet at fsb.org/2015/11/total-loss-absorbing-capacity-tlac-principles-and-term-sheet

During the fourth quarter of 2020, our common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 1.7 billion to USD 39.9 billion, mainly due to operating profit before tax, foreign currency effects and deferred tax assets on temporary differences, partially offset by a higher capital reserve for potential share repurchases, current tax expenses and accruals for dividends. Our tier 1 capital increased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 56.2 billion, primarily reflecting the aforementioned increase in our CET1 capital and foreign currency translation effects on our additional tier 1 (AT1) instruments.


The TLAC available as of 31 December 2020 included CET1 capital, AT1 and tier 2 capital instruments eligible under the TLAC framework, and non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC. Under the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) framework, including transitional arrangements, TLAC excludes 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income for accounting purposes, which for regulatory capital purposes is measured at the lower of cost or market value. This amount was negligible as of 31 December 2020, but is included as available TLAC in the KM2 table in this section. Our available TLAC increased by USD 4.1 billion to USD 101.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020, reflecting the aforementioned USD 1.8 billion increase in our tier 1 capital and a USD 2.2 billion increase in non-regulatory capital instruments, which resulted mainly from the issuance of new instruments and foreign currency effects.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by USD 6 billion to USD 289.1 billion, including currency effects of USD 4.7 billion, mainly due to an increase of USD 5.1 billion in credit risk RWA, an increase of USD 1.2 billion in market risk RWA and an increase of USD 0.8 billion in amounts below the threshold for deduction, primarily related to deferred tax assets. This was partly offset by a reduction of USD 1.8 billion in operational risk RWA.

Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 43 billion to USD 1,037 billion, including currency effects of USD 24 billion, driven by on-balance sheet exposures (other than securities financing transactions (SFTs) and derivatives), partly offset by decreases in SFTs and derivative exposures.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) increased by USD 3.1 billion, due to higher holdings of liquidity buffer securities. Average total net cash outflows increased by USD 3.5 billion due to higher customer deposit outflows.

 

 

18 


 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.9.20

 

30.6.201

 

31.3.201

31.12.191

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common equity tier 1 (CET1)

 

39,890

 

38,197

 

38,114

 

36,659

35,535

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET12

 

39,856

 

38,162

 

38,070

 

36,624

35,491

2

Tier 1

 

56,178

 

54,396

 

53,505

 

51,884

51,842

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 12

 

56,144

 

54,360

 

53,460

 

51,850

51,797

3

Total capital

 

61,226

 

59,382

 

58,876

 

57,752

57,568

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital2

 

61,193

 

59,347

 

58,831

 

57,718

57,524

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

289,101

 

283,133

 

286,436

 

286,256

259,208

4a

Minimum capital requirement3

 

23,128

 

22,651

 

22,915

 

22,901

20,737

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

289,101

 

283,133

 

286,436

 

286,256

259,208

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

13.80

 

13.49

 

13.31

 

12.81

13.71

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)2

 

13.79

 

13.48

 

13.29

 

12.79

13.69

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

19.43

 

19.21

 

18.68

 

18.12

20.00

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 1 ratio (%)2

 

19.42

 

19.20

 

18.66

 

18.11

19.98

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

21.18

 

20.97

 

20.55

 

20.17

22.21

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)2

 

21.17

 

20.96

 

20.54

 

20.16

22.19

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%)

 

2.50

 

2.50

 

2.50

 

2.50

2.50

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

0.08

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.23

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

1.00

 

1.00

 

1.00

 

1.00

1.00

11

Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%)

 

3.52

 

3.52

 

3.52

 

3.52

3.58

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

9.30

 

8.99

 

8.81

 

8.31

9.21

Basel III leverage ratio4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

1,037,150

 

994,366

 

974,359

 

955,943

911,322

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

5.42

 

5.47

 

5.49

 

5.43

5.69

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)2

 

5.41

 

5.47

 

5.49

 

5.42

5.68

Liquidity coverage ratio5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total HQLA

 

 214,276 

 

 211,185 

 

 206,693 

 

 170,630 

 166,215 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 140,891 

 

 137,345 

 

 133,786 

 

 122,383 

 124,112 

17

LCR (%)

 

 152 

 

 154 

 

 155 

 

 139 

 134 

1 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    2 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    3 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    4 Leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for the respective periods in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for more information.    5 Calculated based on quarterly average. Refer to the “Liquidity coverage ratio” section of this report for more information.

p

 

19 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Quarterly |

KM2: Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at resolution group level)1

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.9.20

 

30.6.202

 

31.3.202

 

31.12.192

1

Total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) available

 

 101,814 

 

 97,753 

 

 93,626 

 

 93,686 

 

 89,613 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC available3

 

 101,780 

 

 97,717 

 

 93,581 

 

 93,652 

 

 89,569 

2

Total RWA at the level of the resolution group

 

 289,101 

 

 283,133 

 

 286,436 

 

 286,256 

 

 259,208 

3

TLAC as a percentage of RWA (%)

 

 35.22 

 

 34.53 

 

 32.69 

 

 32.73 

 

 34.57 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC as a percentage of fully loaded ECL accounting model RWA (%)3

 

 35.21 

 

 34.51 

 

 32.67 

 

 32.72 

 

 34.56 

4

Leverage ratio exposure measure at the level of the resolution group4

 

 1,037,150 

 

 994,366 

 

 974,359 

 

 955,943 

 

 911,322 

5

TLAC as a percentage of leverage ratio exposure measure (%)4

 

 9.82 

 

 9.83 

 

 9.61 

 

 9.80 

 

 9.83 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC as a percentage of fully loaded ECL accounting model leverage exposure measure (%)3,4

 

 9.81 

 

 9.83 

 

 9.60 

 

 9.80 

 

 9.83 

6a

Does the subordination exemption in the antepenultimate paragraph of Section 11 of the FSB TLAC Term Sheet apply?

 

No

6b

Does the subordination exemption in the penultimate paragraph of Section 11 of the FSB TLAC Term Sheet apply?

 

No

6c

If the capped subordination exemption applies, the amount of funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that is recognized as external TLAC, divided by funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that would be recognized as external TLAC if no cap was applied (%)

 

N/A – Refer to our response to 6b.

1 Resolution group level is defined as the UBS Group AG consolidated level.    2 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    3 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    4 Leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for the respective periods in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for more information.

p

  

20 


 

 

Section 2  Overview of risk-weighted assets

RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The OV1 table on the following page provides an overview of our risk-weighted assets (RWA) and the related minimum capital requirements by risk type. The table presented is based on the respective Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) template and empty rows indicate current non-applicability to UBS.

From this report onward, we have discontinued the voluntary “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table. As a result, an additional column has been added in the OV1 table, providing references to the relevant sections in this report for the various risk types.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, RWA increased by USD 6 billion to USD 289.1 billion, including currency effects of USD 4.7 billion, mainly due to an increase of USD 5.1 billion in credit risk RWA, an increase of USD 1.2 billion in market risk RWA and an increase of USD 0.8 billion in amounts below threshold for deduction, primarily related to deferred tax assets. This was partly offset by a reduction of USD 1.8 billion in operational risk RWA.

Credit Risk RWA under the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach increased by USD 1.8 billion and USD 3.3 billion, respectively, primarily driven by currency effects as well as by higher RWA from loans and loan commitments in Global Wealth Management. Further, Group Functions included higher RWA from nostro account balances. These increases were partly offset by a decrease in RWA from loans in the Investment Bank.


Market Risk RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion, mainly driven by an increase in asset size and other movements in the Investment Bank.

RWA related to amounts below thresholds for deduction increased by USD 0.8 billion, primarily driven by higher RWA from deferred tax assets.

Operational Risk RWA decreased by USD 1.8 billion, driven by the annual recalibration of the advanced measurement approach (AMA) model.

The flow tables for credit risk, counterparty credit risk and market risk RWA in the respective sections of this report provide further details regarding the movements in RWA in the fourth quarter of 2020.

More information about RWA movements in the fourth quarter of 2020 is provided on pages 48–49 of our fourth quarter 2020 report, available under “Quarterly reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

Additional information about capital management and RWA, including details regarding movements in RWA during 2020, is provided on pages 153–154 in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

 

  

 

 

21 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Quarterly |

OV1: Overview of RWA

 

 

RWA

 

Section or table reference

 

Minimum capital requirements1

USD million

 

31.12.20

30.9.20

30.6.20

31.3.20

31.12.19

 

 

 

31.12.20

1

Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk)

 

 139,846 

 134,753 

 133,180 

 130,236 

 121,244 

 

 4 

 

 11,188 

2

of which: standardized approach (SA)

 

 31,565 

 29,811 

 30,144 

 30,159 

 28,386 

 

CR4

 

 2,525 

2a

of which: non-counterparty-related risk

 

 13,393 

 13,227 

 13,219 

 13,061 

 13,135 

 

CR4

 

 1,071 

3

of which: foundation internal ratings-based (F-IRB) approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

of which: supervisory slotting approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

of which: advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach

 

 108,281 

 104,942 

 103,036 

 100,076 

 92,858 

 

CR6, CR7, CR8

 

 8,662 

6

Counterparty credit risk2

 

 40,354 

 39,917 

 39,983 

 41,560 

 36,354 

 

5, CCR1, CCR8

 

 3,228 

7

of which: SA for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR)3

 

 6,006 

 6,898 

 5,903 

 7,254 

 4,699 

 

 

 

 480 

8

of which: internal model method (IMM)

 

 19,380 

 18,394 

 19,284 

 20,582 

 20,275 

 

CCR7

 

 1,550 

8a

of which: value-at-risk (VaR)

 

 8,386 

 7,607 

 8,055 

 6,663 

 5,502 

 

CCR7

 

 671 

9

of which: other CCR

 

 6,581 

 7,018 

 6,741 

 7,061 

 5,879 

 

 

 

 527 

10

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA)

 

 2,945 

 3,300 

 4,523 

 3,889 

 1,900 

 

5, CCR2

 

 236 

11

Equity positions under the simple risk-weight approach4

 

 2,795 

 2,624 

 2,646 

 3,136 

 3,261 

 

4, CR10

 

 224 

12

Equity investments in funds – look-through approach5

 

 882 

 849 

 705 

 671 

 

 

 

 

 71 

13

Equity investments in funds – mandate-based approach5

 

 648 

 530 

 611 

 735 

 

 

 

 

 52 

14

Equity investments in funds – fallback approach5

 

 126 

 41 

 25 

 110 

 

 

 

 

 10 

15

Settlement risk

 

 372 

 295 

 395 

 1,201 

 357 

 

 

 

 30 

16

Securitization exposures in banking book

 

 314 

 314 

 598 

 607 

 633 

 

 7 

 

 25 

17

of which: securitization internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

of which: securitization external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), including internal assessment approach (IAA)

 

 301 

 300 

 564 

 574 

 598 

 

 7 

 

 24 

19

of which: securitization standardized approach (SEC-SA)

 

 13 

 14 

 34 

 33 

 35 

 

 7 

 

 1 

20

Market Risk

 

 11,841 

 10,593 

 14,228 

 15,096 

 6,556 

 

7,8

 

 947 

21

of which: standardized approach (SA)

 

 456 

 361 

 370 

 449 

 419 

 

 7 

 

 37 

22

of which: internal models approach (IMA)

 

 11,385 

 10,232 

 13,859 

 14,647 

 6,137 

 

MR2

 

 911 

23

Capital charge for switch between trading book and banking book6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

Operational risk

 

 75,775 

 77,542 

 77,542 

 77,542 

 77,542 

 

 

 

 6,062 

25

Amounts below thresholds for deduction (250% risk weight)7

 

 13,202 

 12,379 

 12,005 

 11,473 

 11,361 

 

 

 

 1,056 

25a

 of which: deferred tax assets

 

 9,981 

 9,363 

 9,212 

 8,705 

 8,951 

 

 

 

 798 

26

Floor adjustment8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

Total

 

 289,101 

 283,133 

 286,436 

 286,256 

 259,208 

 

 

 

 23,128 

1 Calculated based on 8% of RWA.    2 Excludes settlement risk, which is separately reported in line 15 “Settlement risk.” Includes RWA with central counterparties. The split between the sub-components of counterparty credit risk refers to the calculation of the exposure measure.    3 Calculated in accordance with the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) from 1 January 2020 onward, whereas information as of 31 December 2019 was calculated in accordance with the current exposure method (CEM).    4 Information as of 31 December 2019 includes investments in funds calculated based on the simple risk-weight approach, whereas from 1 January 2020 onward investments in funds are disclosed in rows 12, 13 and 14 based on risk weighting in accordance with the new regulation for investments in funds.    5 From 2020 onward, the risk weighting has been calculated in accordance with the regulation for investments in funds.    6 Not applicable until the implementation of the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book).    7 Includes items subject to threshold deduction treatment that do not exceed their respective threshold and are risk-weighted at 250%. Items subject to threshold deduction treatment include significant investments in common shares of non-consolidated financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial entities) and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences.    8 No floor effect, as 80% of our Basel I RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel I capital deductions, do not exceed our Basel III RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel III capital deductions. For the status of the finalization of the Basel III capital framework, refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report, which outlines how the proposed floor calculation would differ in significant aspects from the current approach.

p

  

22 


 

 

Section 3  Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

This section provides information about the differences between our regulatory exposures and carrying amounts presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Assets and liabilities presented in our IFRS financial statements may be subject to more than one risk framework, as explained further on the next page.

 

Annual |

LI1: Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories

31.12.20

 

Carrying values as reported in published financial statements

 

Carrying values under scope of regulatory consolidation

 

Carrying values of items:

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to credit risk framework1

Subject to counterparty credit risk framework2

Subject to securitization framework3

Subject to market risk framework

Not subject to capital requirements or subject to deduction from capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 

 158,231 

 

 158,231 

 

 158,231 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 15,444 

 

 15,181 

 

 14,430 

 7514

 

 

 

Receivables from securities financing transactions

 

 74,210 

 

 74,210 

 

 

 74,210 

 

 

 

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments

 

 32,737 

 

 32,737 

 

 

 32,737 

 

 325 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 379,528 

 

 379,573 

 

 374,999 

 4,5734

 

 

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

 27,194 

 

 26,959 

 

 26,788 

 2,6776

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

 687,345 

 

 686,890 

 

 574,449 

 114,948 

 

 325 

 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading

 

 125,397 

 

 125,355 

 

 5,8075

 47,0986

 112 

 119,436 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 159,617 

 

 159,633 

 

 

 159,632 

 

 159,632 

 110

Brokerage receivables

 

 24,659 

 

 24,659 

 

 4,935 

 19,724 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading7

 

 80,364 

 

 59,630 

 

 44,268 

 9,1356, 8

 35 

 15,000 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

 

 390,037 

 

 369,277 

 

 55,009 

 235,589 

 148 

 294,068 

 1 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 8,258 

 

 8,258 

 

 8,258 

 1496

 

 0 

 

Investments in associates

 

 1,557 

 

 1,652 

 

 1,239 

 

 

 

 414 

Property, equipment and software

 

 13,109 

 

 13,065 

 

 13,065 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 6,480 

 

 6,480 

 

 

 

 

 

 6,480 

Deferred tax assets

 

 9,212 

 

 9,2129

 

 3,819 

 

 

 

 5,393 

Other non-financial assets

 

 9,768 

 

 9,764 

 

 3,458 

 

 

 6,264 

 42 

Total assets

 

 1,125,765 

 

 1,104,599 

 

 659,297 

 350,686 

 148 

 300,657 

 12,330 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 11,050 

 

 11,024 

 

 

 

 

 

 11,024 

Payables from securities financing transactions

 

 6,321 

 

 6,321 

 

 

 6,321 

 

 

 

Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments

 

 37,312 

 

 37,312 

 

 

 37,312 

 

 634 

 

Customer deposits

 

 524,605 

 

 524,636 

 

 

 

 

 

 524,636 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost

 

 139,232 

 

 139,230 

 

 

 

 

 

 139,230 

Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 

 9,729 

 

 9,565 

 

 

 

 

 

 9,565 

Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 

 728,250 

 

 728,088 

 

 

 43,633 

 

 634 

 684,455 

Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading

 

 33,595 

 

 33,595 

 

 

 

 

 33,595 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 161,102 

 

 161,107 

 

 

 161,075 

 

 160,473 

 3210

Brokerage payables designated at fair value

 

 38,742 

 

 38,742 

 

 

 20,755 

 

 

 17,987 

Debt issued designated at fair value

 

 61,243 

 

 61,243 

 

 

 

 

 59,448 

 1,795 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 30,387 

 

 9,396 

 

 

 8,563 

 

 9,191 

 41 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

 

 325,069 

 

 304,083 

 

 

 190,393 

 

 262,708 

 19,855 

Provisions

 

 2,828 

 

 2,827 

 

 

 

 

 

 2,827 

Other non-financial liabilities

 

 9,854 

 

 9,853 

 

 

 

 

 

 9,853 

Total liabilities

 

 1,066,000 

 

 1,044,852 

 

 

 234,027 

 

 263,342 

 716,990 

1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in funds subject to look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of USD 20,916 million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 3 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of USD 638,381 million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2 Includes settlement risk, which is not included in section 5 of this report.    3 This column only consists of securitization positions in the banking book. Trading book securitizations are included in column “Subject to market risk framework.”    4 Consists of settlement risk and margin loans, which are both subject to counterparty credit risk.    5 Includes trading portfolio assets in the banking book and traded loans.    6 Includes assets pledged as collateral, since collateral posted is subject to counterparty credit risk.    7 Funded collar trades without re-hypothecation rights are treated as non-credit bearing exposures and are excluded from column “Subject to credit risk framework.”    8 Includes securities financing transactions as well as other exposures subject to the counterparty credit risk framework.    9 Net of deferred tax liabilities, which are offset against prudential filters (e.g., goodwill and intangibles, as well as cash flow hedges) in the regulatory capital calculation.    10 Relates to the carrying values of derivative loan commitments and forward starting SFTs that are measured at fair value. The replacement values are not representative for our capital calculations.

p

23 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Annual | The LI1 table on the previous page provides a breakdown of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) balance sheet into the risk types used to calculate our regulatory capital requirements. Cash collateral receivables and payables on derivative instruments, derivative financial instruments, and financial assets at fair value not held for trading are subject to capital requirements under both market risk and counterparty credit risk frameworks. In addition, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income include securities that have been pledged as collateral. These securities are also considered in the counterparty credit risk framework, as collateral pledged is subject to counterparty credit risk.

LIA: Explanation of the differences between the IFRS and regulatory scopes of consolidation

Annual | The scope of consolidation for the purpose of calculating Group regulatory capital is generally the same as the consolidation scope under IFRS and includes subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly controlled by UBS Group AG and are active in banking and finance. However, subsidiaries consolidated under IFRS whose business is outside the banking and finance sector are excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation.

The key difference between the IFRS and regulatory scope of consolidation as of 31 December 2020 relates to investments in insurance, real estate and commercial companies, as well as investment vehicles, that are consolidated under IFRS but not for regulatory capital purposes, where they are subject to risk-weighting.

The table below provides a list of the most significant entities that were included in the IFRS scope of consolidation but not in the regulatory scope of consolidation. These entities account for most of the difference between the “Balance sheet in accordance with IFRS scope of consolidation” and the “Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation” columns in the CC2 table. Such difference is mainly related to financial assets at fair value not held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value. As of 31 December 2020, entities consolidated under either IFRS or the regulatory scope of consolidation did not report any significant capital deficiencies.

In the banking book, certain equity investments are not consolidated under either the IFRS or under the regulatory scope. As of 31 December 2020, these investments mainly consisted of infrastructure holdings and joint operations (e.g., settlement and clearing institutions, stock and financial futures exchanges) and included our participation in the SIX Group. These investments are risk-weighted based on applicable threshold rules.

More information about the legal structure of UBS Group and the IFRS scope of consolidation is provided on pages 14 and 288, respectively, of our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Semi-annual |

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

USD million

 

Total assets1

Total equity1

 

 

Purpose

UBS Asset Management Life Ltd

 

 21,088 

 47 

 

 

Life Insurance

UBS Life Insurance Company USA

 

 143 

 43 

 

 

Life insurance

1 Total assets and total equity on a standalone basis.   

p

 

24 


 

Annual |

LI2: Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)

31.12.20

 

Total

 

Items subject to:

USD million

 

 

 

Credit risk framework

Counterparty credit risk framework

Securitization framework

Market risk framework

1

Asset carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation (as per template LI1)

 

 1,104,599 

 

 659,2971

 350,686 

 148 

 300,657 

2

Liabilities carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation2

 

 (160,234) 

 

 

 (160,234) 

 

 

3

Total net amount under regulatory scope of consolidation

 

 944,365 

 

 659,297 

 190,452 

 148 

 300,657 

4

Off-balance sheet amounts (post CCF; e.g., guarantees, commitments)3

 

 91,476 

 

 90,566 

 911 

 

 

5

Differences due to prudential filters

 

 (12,329) 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Derivatives: PFE and collateral mitigation (including off-balance sheet exposures)

 

 77,219 

 

 

 77,219 

 

 

7

SFTs: Collateral mitigation (including off-balance sheet exposures)

 

 (76,515) 

 

 

 (76,515) 

 

 

8

Other differences including collateral mitigation in the banking book

 

 (87,830) 

 

 (6,229) 

 

 (7) 

 (300,113)4

9

Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes

 

 936,387 

 

 743,634 

 192,067 

 141 

 545 

1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in funds subject to look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of USD 20,916 million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 4 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of USD 638,381 million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2 Includes the amounts of financial instruments and cash collateral considered for netting per the relevant netting agreement in order to not exceed the net amount of financial assets presented on the balance sheet (included in row 1); i.e., over-collateralization, where it exists, is not reflected in the table.    3 Includes off-balance sheet exposures where a credit conversion factor is applied.    4 Exposure at default is only calculated for securitization exposures in the trading book, resulting in a difference between carrying amounts and exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes. The effect on the total exposure is higher, since certain exposures are subject to regulatory capital charges in both the market risk and the counterparty credit risk categories.

p

 

Regulatory exposures

Annual | The LI2 table above illustrates the key differences between regulatory exposure amounts and accounting carrying amounts under the regulatory scope of consolidation. In addition to the accounting carrying amounts, the regulatory exposure amounts include:

     netting of financial instruments and cash collateral where an enforceable master netting agreement is in place (row 2);

     off-balance sheet amounts not related to derivatives and SFTs (row 4);

     potential future exposure (PFE) for derivatives, offset by eligible financial collateral deductions (row 6);

     effects from the model calculation of effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) applied to derivatives (row 6);

     any collateral mitigation through the application of the close-out period approach or the comprehensive measurement approach (row 7); and

     effects of collateral mitigation in the banking book (row 8).

 

The regulatory exposure amount excludes prudential filters (row 5), consisting of items subject to deduction from capital, which are not risk-weighted. In addition, exposures that are only subject to market risk do not create any regulatory exposure, as their risk is reflected as part of our market risk RWA calculation (row 8).

Fair value measurement

The table below refers to additional information about fair value measurement that is provided in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

 

Annual | 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

Annual Report 2020 section

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation methodologies applied, including mark-to-market and mark-to-model methodologies in use

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21a Valuation principles

 

348

 

 

 

Note 21c Fair value hierarchy

 

349–354

 

 

 

Note 21f Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs

 

357–359

Description of the independent price verification process

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21b Valuation governance

 

348

Procedures for valuation adjustments or reserves for valuing trading positions by type of instrument

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21d Valuation adjustments

 

355–356

p

  

25 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 4  Credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual | This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III credit risk framework. Information about counterparty credit risk is reflected in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report. Securitization positions are reported in the “Securitizations” section of this report.

The tables in this section provide details regarding the exposures relevant for determining the firm’s credit risk-related regulatory capital requirement. The parameters applied under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach are generally based on the same methodologies, data and systems we use for internal credit risk quantification, except where certain treatments are specified by regulatory requirements. These include, for example, the application of regulatory prescribed floors and multipliers, and differences with respect to eligibility criteria and exposure definitions. The exposure information presented in this section may thus differ from our internal management view disclosed in the “Risk management and control” sections of our quarterly and annual reports. Similarly, the regulatory capital prescribed measure of credit risk exposure also differs from how it is defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).


Credit risk exposure categories

Semi-annual | The definitions of the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) defined Pillar 3 credit risk exposure categories “Loans” and “Debt securities” below, as referred to in the “CR1: Credit quality of assets” and “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” tables in this section, provide a link to the IFRS balance sheet structure.

The Pillar 3 category “Loans” comprises financial instruments held with the intent to collect the contractual payments and includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

     balances at central banks;

     Loans and advances to banks

     Loans and advances to customers

     Other financial assets measured at amortized cost, excluding money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments;

     traded loans in the banking book that are included within Financial assets at fair value held for trading

     Brokerage receivables;

     loans including structured loans that are included within Financial assets at fair value not held for trading and 

     Other non-financial assets.

 

The Pillar 3 category “Debt securities” includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

     money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments that are included within Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

     Financial assets at fair value held for trading, excluding traded loans;

     Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, excluding loans; and

     Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

26 


 

Credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

CRA – Credit risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation of the business model into the components of the bank’s credit risk profile

 

Risk management and control

 

Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division and Group Functions

 

92

 

 

 

Risk categories

 

93

 

 

 

Credit risk profile of the Group

 

107

 

 

 

Main sources of credit risk

 

106

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

343

Criteria and approach used for defining credit risk management policy and for setting credit risk limits

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

97–100

 

 

Risk measurement

 

103–105

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

107

Structure and organization of the credit risk management and control function

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

Interaction between the credit risk management, risk control, compliance and internal audit functions

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

97–100

Scope and content of the reporting on credit risk exposure to the executive management and to the board of directors

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

 

 

 

Internal risk reporting

 

101

 

 

 

Credit risk profile of the Group

 

107

 

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

97–100

p

  

27 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Credit risk exposure and credit quality of assets

Annual | Amounts shown in the tables below and on the following pages relate to on-balance sheet IFRS carrying amounts as well as off-balance sheet items according to the regulatory scope of consolidation that give rise to credit risk exposure under the Basel III framework.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by industry1

31.12.20

USD million

Banks and central banks

Construc-

tion

Electricity, gas, water supply

Financial services

Hotels and restaurants

Manufac-

turing4

Mining

Private households

Public authorities

Real estate and rentals

Retail and wholesale5

Services

Other6

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans2

 172,805 

 2,901 

 1,022 

 76,718 

 2,144 

 4,020 

 566 

 235,062 

 2,325 

 20,239 

 10,518 

 29,917 

 6,085 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 14,042 

 0 

 251 

 12,722 

 0 

 1 

 0 

 2 

 41,920 

 0 

 0 

 5,112 

 11 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 7,301 

 1,306 

 817 

 14,248 

 826 

 11,847 

 1,545 

 6,871 

 1,364 

 1,186 

 7,012 

 10,772 

 2,766 

 67,862 

Total

 194,148 

 4,207 

 2,090 

 103,688 

 2,970 

 15,867 

 2,111 

 241,934 

 45,609 

 21,425 

 17,530 

 45,801 

 8,863 

 706,243 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

Loans2

 118,853 

 2,839 

 977 

 62,562 

 1,665 

 3,990 

 647 

 209,832 

 2,447 

 16,231 

 7,105 

 24,501 

 5,914 

 457,564 

Debt securities

 15,188 

 113 

 15 

 9,909 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 256 

 33,626 

 1,208 

 0 

 2,452 

 0 

 62,766 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 3,669 

 1,938 

 802 

 12,432 

 1,053 

 10,999 

 1,448 

 4,276 

 440 

 1,347 

 6,038 

 5,946 

 2,389 

 52,778 

Total

 137,710 

 4,890 

 1,794 

 84,902 

 2,719 

 14,989 

 2,095 

 214,363 

 36,513 

 18,786 

 13,143 

 32,900 

 8,303 

 573,108 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been restated accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.    4 Includes the chemicals industry.    5 Includes the food and beverages industry.    6 Consists of Transport, storage, communications and other.

p

 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical area. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by geographical area1

31.12.20

USD million

Asia Pacific

Latin America

Middle East and Africa

North America

Switzerland

Rest of Europe

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans2

 38,864 

 5,759 

 8,570 

 147,448 

 296,912 

 66,769 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 13,168 

 814 

 397 

 34,309 

 4,080 

 21,291 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 4,957 

 444 

 3,583 

 23,839 

 22,211 

 12,827 

 67,862 

Total

 56,990 

 7,017 

 12,550 

 205,596 

 323,203 

 100,887 

 706,243 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

Loans2

 37,083 

 5,720 

 5,326 

 110,447 

 246,021 

 52,965 

 457,564 

Debt securities

 8,343 

 834 

 45 

 34,858 

 1,226 

 17,459 

 62,766 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 3,021 

 457 

 908 

 19,090 

 17,986 

 11,314 

 52,778 

Total

 48,448 

 7,012 

 6,280 

 164,396 

 265,234 

 81,739 

 573,108 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been restated accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

  

28 


 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposure by residual maturity. Residual maturity is presented based on contract end date and does not include potential early redemption features.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity1

31.12.20

USD million

Due in

1 year or less

Due between

1 year and 5 years

Due over

5 years

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans2

 396,329 

 104,352 

 63,641 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 31,226 

 22,651 

 20,181 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 29,952 

 32,686 

 5,224 

 67,862 

Total

 457,508 

 159,689 

 89,047 

 706,243 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

Loans2

 313,561 

 89,838 

 54,144 

 457,543 

Debt securities

 19,848 

 25,654 

 17,285 

 62,787 

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 19,973 

 25,623 

 7,181 

 52,778 

Total

 353,382 

 141,114 

 78,611 

 573,108 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been restated accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

 

Policies for past-due, non-performing and credit-impaired claims

Annual | In line with the regulatory definition, we report a claim as non-performing when: (i) it is more than 90 days past due; (ii) it is subject to restructuring proceedings, where preferential conditions concerning interest rates, subordination, tenor, etc. have been granted in order to avoid default of the counterparty (forbearance); or (iii) the counterparty is subject to bankruptcy / enforced liquidation proceedings in any form, even if there is sufficient collateral to cover the due payment or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral.

UBS applies a single definition of default for classifying assets and determining the probability of default (PD) of its obligors for risk modeling purposes. The definition of default is based on quantitative and qualitative criteria. A counterparty is classified as defaulted at the latest when material payments of interest, principal or fees are overdue for more than 90 days, or more than 180 days for certain exposures in relation to loans to private and commercial clients in Personal & Corporate Banking, and to private clients of Global Wealth Management Region Switzerland. UBS does not consider the general 90-day presumption for default recognition appropriate for those latter portfolios, based on an analysis of the cure rates, which demonstrated that strict application of the 90-day criterion would not accurately reflect the inherent credit risk. Counterparties are also classified as defaulted when: bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or enforced liquidation have commenced; obligations have been restructured on preferential terms (forbearance); or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral. The latter may be the case even if, to date, all contractual payments have been made when due. If one claim against a counterparty is defaulted on, generally all claims against that counterparty are treated as defaulted.

An instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty is classified as defaulted and / or the instrument is identified as purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI). An instrument is POCI if it has been purchased at a deep discount to its carrying amount following a risk event of the issuer or originated with a defaulted counterparty. Once a financial asset is classified as defaulted / credit-impaired (except POCI), it is reported as a stage 3 instrument and remains as such unless all past due amounts have been rectified, additional payments have been made on time, the position is not classified as credit-restructured, and there is general evidence of credit recovery. A three-month probation period is applied before a transfer back to stages 1 or 2 can be triggered. However, most instruments remain in stage 3 for a longer period.

The tables on the next page provide a breakdown of impaired exposures by geographical region and industry. The amounts shown are IFRS carrying amounts. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

29 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by industry

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

USD million

Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3)

Allowances for credit-impaired exposures

Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances

Write-offs for the year ended

Banks

 1 

 (1) 

 0 

 0 

Construction

 171 

 (20) 

 151 

 (2) 

Electricity, gas, water supply

 14 

 (3) 

 11 

 

Financial services

 515 

 (133) 

 382 

 (59) 

Hotels and restaurants

 92 

 (16) 

 76 

 (6) 

Manufacturing1

 202 

 (135) 

 66 

 (27) 

Mining

 44 

 (17) 

 27 

 (142) 

Private households

 1,431 

 (148) 

 1,282 

 (27) 

Public authorities

 33 

 (5) 

 28 

 0 

Real estate and rentals

 214 

 (55) 

 159 

 (15) 

Retail and wholesale2

 532 

 (185) 

 347 

 (53) 

Services

 251 

 (48) 

 203 

 (6) 

Transport, storage, communications and other

 278 

 (58) 

 220 

 (8) 

Total

 3,778 

 (826) 

 2,952 

 (346) 

 

31.12.19

Banks

 1 

 0 

 1 

 (2) 

Construction

 46 

 (12) 

 35 

 (4) 

Electricity, gas, water supply

 14 

 0 

 14 

 (2) 

Financial services

 298 

 (62) 

 237 

 (5) 

Hotels and restaurants

 23 

 (11) 

 12 

 (7) 

Manufacturing1

 249 

 (103) 

 146 

 (30) 

Mining

 97 

 (53) 

 44 

 (1) 

Private households

 1,252 

 (139) 

 1,113 

 (21) 

Public authorities

 34 

 (5) 

 29 

 

Real estate and rentals

 485 

 (36) 

 448 

 (4) 

Retail and wholesale2

 270 

 (167) 

 104 

 (14) 

Services

 130 

 (40) 

 91 

 (13) 

Transport, storage, communications and other

 212 

 (60) 

 153 

 (39) 

Total

 3,113 

 (688) 

 2,425 

 (142) 

1 Includes the chemicals industry.    2 Includes the food and beverages industry.  

p

 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical region. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

USD million

Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3)

Allowances for credit-impaired exposures

Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances

Write-offs for the year ended

Asia Pacific

 241 

 (88) 

 153 

 (1) 

Latin America

 77 

 (17) 

 60 

 (11) 

Middle East and Africa

 74 

 (62) 

 12 

 0 

North America

 1,017 

 (172) 

 845 

 (182) 

Switzerland

 1,983 

 (389) 

 1,594 

 (79) 

Rest of Europe

 386 

 (98) 

 288 

 (72) 

Total

 3,778 

 (826) 

 2,952 

 (346) 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

Asia Pacific

 106 

 (3) 

 103 

 (46) 

Latin America

 67 

 (43) 

 24 

 (4) 

Middle East and Africa

 21 

 (1) 

 19 

 (2) 

North America

 943 

 (150) 

 792 

 (43) 

Switzerland

 1,573 

 (361) 

 1,212 

 (44) 

Rest of Europe

 402 

 (129) 

 274 

 (4) 

Total

 3,113 

 (688) 

 2,425 

 (142) 

 

p

  

30 


 

Semi-annual | The CR1 table below provides a breakdown of defaulted and non-defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures. The table includes a split of expected credit loss (ECL) accounting provisions based on the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach.

Increases in net carrying values of Loans and decreases in net carrying values of Debt securities, when compared with 30 June 2020, are explained in the CR3 table of this report. Compared with 30 June 2020, gross carrying value of off-balance sheet exposures increased by USD 3.9 billion to USD 68.1 billion mainly due to increased loan commitments in our Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate business divisions primarily reflecting higher business volumes as well as currency effects.

 


For information about the definitions of default and credit impairment, refer to page 122 of our Annual Report 2020, which is available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

More information about the net value movements related to Loans and Debt securities shown in the table is provided on page 34 in the “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” table.

Semi-annual |

CR1: Credit quality of assets

 

 

 

Gross carrying amounts of:

 

Allowances / impairments

 

Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on SA exposures

 

Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on IRB exposures

(stage 1, 2, 3)

 

Net values

USD million

 

Defaulted exposures1

Non-defaulted exposures

 

 

Allocated in regulatory category of Specific

(stage 3

credit-impaired)

Allocated in regulatory category of General

(stage 1 & 2)

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 3,504 

 562,025 

 

 (1,207)4

 

 (115) 

 (73) 

 

 (1,019) 

 

 564,322 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 74,059 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 74,059 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 273 

 67,794 

 

 (205)4

 

 (1) 

 (6) 

 

 (197) 

 

 67,862 

4

Total

 

 3,778 

 703,878 

 

 (1,412)4

 

 (116) 

 (80) 

 

 (1,216) 

 

 706,243 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 3,564 

 516,755 

 

 (1,244)4

 

 (115) 

 (75) 

 

 (1,054) 

 

 519,076 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 81,980 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 81,980 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 290 

 63,927 

 

 (168)4

 

 (1) 

 (2) 

 

 (165) 

 

 64,048 

4

Total

 

 3,854 

 662,662 

 

 (1,411)4

 

 (116) 

 (77) 

 

 (1,218) 

 

 665,104 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 2,981 

 455,494 

 

 (911)4

 

 (114) 

 (68) 

 

 (729) 

 

 457,564 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 62,766 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 62,766 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 132 

 52,725 

 

 (78)4

 

 (1) 

 (3) 

 

 (75) 

 

 52,778 

4

Total

 

 3,113 

 570,986 

 

 (989)4

 

 (115) 

 (71) 

 

 (804) 

 

 573,108 

1 Defaulted exposures are in line with credit-impaired exposures (stage 3) under IFRS 9. Refer to Note 20 “Expected credit loss measurement“ of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about IFRS 9.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure categories” in this section for more information about the classification of Loans and Debt securities.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.    4 Expected credit loss allowances and provisions amount to USD 1,468 million as of 31 December 2020, as disclosed in Note 20 of our Annual Report 2020. This Pillar 3 table excludes ECL on revocable off-balance sheet exposures (31 December 2020: USD 50 million; 30 June 2020: USD 65 million; 31 December 2019: USD 35 million), ECL on exposures subject to counterparty credit risk (31 December 2020: USD 5 million; 30 June 2020: USD 6 million; 31 December 2019: USD 5 million) and ECL on irrevocable committed prolongation of loans that do not give rise to additional credit exposures of USD 2 million as of 31 December 2020.

p

 

31 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CR2 table below presents changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures for the second half of 2020. The total amount of defaulted loans and debt securities was USD 3.8 billion as of 31 December 2020, largely unchanged compared with USD 3.9 billion as of 30 June 2020.

 

Semi-annual |

CR2: Changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures

USD million

For the half year ended 31.12.201

For the half year ended 30.6.201

1

Defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures as of the beginning of the half year

 3,854 

 3,113 

2

Loans and debt securities that have defaulted since the last reporting period

 1,180 

 1,314 

3

Returned to non-defaulted status

 (993) 

 (337) 

4

Amounts written off

 (244) 

 (103) 

5

Other changes

 (19) 

 (133) 

6

Defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures as of the end of the half year

 3,778 

 3,854 

1 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

  

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of total loan balances where payments have been missed. The decrease in past-due amounts is mainly related to a Non-core and Legacy Portfolio position that has been restructured and is now carried at fair value instead of amortized cost. The amount of past-due mortgage loans was not significant compared with the overall size of the mortgage portfolio. Amounts in the table below are IFRS carrying amounts and include IFRS balance sheet lines Loans and advances to customers and Loans and advances to banks.

 

Annual |

CRB: Past due exposures

USD million

31.12.20

 

31.12.19

1–10 days

 245 

 

 45 

11–30 days

 117 

 

 178 

31–60 days

 237 

 

 166 

61–90 days

 44 

 

 90 

>90 days

 1,371 

 

 1,635 

of which: mortgage loans

 7091

 

 6751

Total

 2,014 

 

 2,113 

1 Total mortgage loans as of 31 December 2020: USD 196,341 million (31 December 2019: 172,853 million).

p

 

Restructured exposures

Annual | Under imminent payment default, or where default has already occurred, we may grant concessions to borrowers in financial difficulties that we would otherwise not consider in the normal course of our business, such as offering preferential interest rates, extending maturity, modifying the schedule of repayments, debt / equity swap, subordination, etc. When a forbearance measure takes place, each case is considered individually and the exposure is generally classified as defaulted. Forbearance classification will remain until the loan is collected or written off, non-preferential conditions are granted that supersede the preferential conditions or until the counterparty has recovered and the preferential conditions no longer exceed our risk tolerance.


Contractual adjustments when there is no evidence of imminent payment default, or where changes to terms and conditions are within our usual risk appetite, are not considered to be forborne.

Refer to pages 121–123 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting“ at ubs.com/investors, for more information about our policies for restructured exposures.

The table below provides more information about restructured exposures as of 31 December 2020. The increase is mainly related to a few large positions in the Investment Bank and Personal & Corporate Banking.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired

 

 

Credit-impaired

 

Non-credit-impaired

 

Total

USD million

 

31.12.20

31.12.19

 

31.12.20

31.12.19

 

31.12.20

31.12.19

Restructured exposures

 

 1,600 

 1,152 

 

 

 

 

 1,600 

 1,152 

p

  

32 


 

Credit risk mitigation

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

CRC – Credit risk mitigation

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core features of policies and processes for, and an indication of the extent to which the bank makes use of, on- and off-balance sheet netting

 

Risk management and control

 

Traded products

 

112–113

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Note 1a item 2i Offsetting

 

320–321

364–365

 

297

Core features of policies and processes for collateral evaluation and management

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

114–115

Information about market or credit risk concentrations under the credit risk mitigation instruments used

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk concentrations

Credit risk mitigation

 

105

114–115

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments measured at fair value

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

320–321

343

 

362

 

 

 

364–365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 

p

 

Additional information about counterparty credit risk mitigation is provided in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report.

 

 

33 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CR3 table below provides a breakdown of loans and debt securities into unsecured and partially or fully secured exposures, with additional information about the security type.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of unsecured loans increased by USD 7.6 billion to USD 192.7 billion, mainly due to an increase in cash and balances with central banks. Unsecured debt securities decreased by USD 7.9 billion to USD 74.1 billion, mainly due to disposals of HQLA (high-quality liquid assets), as well as currency effects.

The carrying amount of partially or fully secured exposures increased by USD 37.6 billion to USD 371.7 billion, mainly as a result of currency effects and an increase in secured loans to customers.

 

Semi-annual |

CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured portion of exposures partially or fully secured:

USD million

 

Exposures fully unsecured: carrying amount

Exposures partially or fully secured: carrying amount

Total: carrying amount

 

Exposures secured by collateral

Exposures secured by financial guarantees

Exposures secured by credit derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 192,664 

 371,658 

 564,322 

 

 355,364 

 4,392 

 12 

2

Debt securities

 

 74,059 

 

 74,059 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 266,723 

 371,658 

 638,381 

 

 355,364 

 4,392 

 12 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 250 

 2,461 

 2,711 

 

 1,662 

 218 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 185,026 

 334,050 

 519,076 

 

 320,139 

 3,368 

 11 

2

Debt securities

 

 81,980 

 

 81,980 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 267,006 

 334,050 

 601,056 

 

 320,139 

 3,368 

 11 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 657 

 2,089 

 2,745 

 

 1,440 

 212 

 

 

31.12.19

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 138,961 

 318,603 

 457,564 

 

 307,400 

 1,125 

 

2

Debt securities

 

 62,766 

 

 62,766 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 201,727 

 318,603 

 520,330 

 

 307,400 

 1,125 

 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 504 

 1,823 

 2,327 

 

 1,167 

 225 

 

1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure categories” in this section for more information about the classification of Loans and Debt securities.

p

 

34 


 

Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation

Semi-annual | The CR4 table below illustrates the credit risk exposure and effect of credit risk mitigation (CRM) on the calculation of capital requirements under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2020, off-balance sheet exposures before credit conversion factors (CCF) and CRM under the Corporates asset class increased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 15.4 billion, reflecting higher exposures to certain clients in Global Wealth Management and Group Functions. On-balance sheet exposures in the Central governments and central banks asset class decreased by USD 1.8 billion, and on-balance sheet exposures in the Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks assets class decreased by USD 1.0 billion, reflecting the move of Group Treasury’s liquidity portfolio under A-IRB.

 

Semi-annual |

CR4: Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects1

 

 

 

Exposures

before CCF and CRM2

 

Exposures

post-CCF and post-CRM

 

RWA and RWA density

USD million, except where indicated

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Total

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Total

 

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 8,292 

 

 8,292 

 

 8,296 

 123 

 8,420 

 

 876 

 10.4 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 5,404 

 1,162 

 6,566 

 

 5,404 

 530 

 5,934 

 

 1,327 

 22.4 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 212 

 731 

 943 

 

 211 

 148 

 359 

 

 144 

 40.1 

4

Corporates

 

 8,007 

 15,371 

 23,379 

 

 7,972 

 1,815 

 9,787 

 

 7,576 

 77.4 

5

Retail

 

 12,617 

 4,301 

 16,917 

 

 12,196 

 248 

 12,444 

 

 8,250 

 66.3 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets3

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 13,391 

 93.3 

8

Total

 

 48,878 

 21,565 

 70,443 

 

 48,424 

 2,865 

 51,289 

 

 31,564 

 61.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 10,043 

 

 10,043 

 

 10,047 

 1 

 10,048 

 

 913 

 9.1 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 5,655 

 998 

 6,653 

 

 5,654 

 475 

 6,129 

 

 1,479 

 24.1 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 1,183 

 869 

 2,053 

 

 1,181 

 309 

 1,490 

 

 368 

 24.7 

4

Corporates

 

 6,570 

 14,643 

 21,212 

 

 6,506 

 2,068 

 8,574 

 

 6,406 

 74.7 

5

Retail

 

 11,789 

 3,982 

 15,771 

 

 11,422 

 116 

 11,538 

 

 7,760 

 67.3 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets3

 

 14,048 

 67 

 14,115 

 

 14,048 

 67 

 14,115 

 

 13,219 

 93.6 

8

Total

 

 49,288 

 20,559 

 69,847 

 

 48,859 

 3,035 

 51,894 

 

 30,144 

 58.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 10,687 

 

 10,687 

 

 10,687 

 

 10,687 

 

 938 

 8.8 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 5,072 

 928 

 6,000 

 

 5,077 

 464 

 5,541 

 

 1,316 

 23.7 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 844 

 372 

 1,216 

 

 843 

 77 

 920 

 

 240 

 26.1 

4

Corporates

 

 6,310 

 8,823 

 15,133 

 

 5,842 

 649 

 6,490 

 

 4,835 

 74.5 

5

Retail

 

 12,141 

 4,071 

 16,212 

 

 11,974 

 100 

 12,074 

 

 7,923 

 65.6 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets3

 

 14,226 

 

 14,226 

 

 14,226 

 

 14,226 

 

 13,135 

 92.3 

8

Total

 

 49,280 

 14,194 

 63,474 

 

 48,648 

 1,290 

 49,939 

 

 28,386 

 56.8 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the disclosure in order to disclose the exposures prior to CRM effects in the asset class of the obligor, while the information post CRM is shown in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.    2 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    3 Includes Non-counterparty-related assets.

p

 

35 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

IRB approach – credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation

Semi-annual | Where credit derivatives are used as credit risk mitigation, the probability of default (PD) of the obligor is in general substituted with the PD of the hedge provider. In addition, default correlation between the obligor and the hedge provider is taken into account through the double default approach. Refer to the “CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures” table in section 5 of this report for notional and fair value information about credit derivatives used as CRM.

  

 

Semi-annual |

CR7: IRB – effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques1

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.6.20

 

31.12.19

USD million

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

1

Central governments and central banks – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Central governments and central banks – AIRB

 

 2,847 

 2,847 

 

 3,343 

 3,343 

 

 2,482 

 2,482 

3

Banks and securities dealers – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Banks and securities dealers – AIRB

 

 5,806 

 5,806 

 

 5,948 

 5,948 

 

 6,102 

 6,102 

5

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks – AIRB

 

 1,190 

 1,190 

 

 1,041 

 1,041 

 

 844 

 844 

7

Corporates: specialized lending – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Corporates: specialized lending – AIRB

 

 13,569 

 13,569 

 

 11,963 

 11,963 

 

 11,475 

 11,475 

9

Corporates: other lending – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Corporates: other lending – AIRB

 

 37,220 

 36,855 

 

 38,375 

 38,067 

 

 32,087 

 31,836 

11

Retail: mortgage loans

 

 33,439 

 33,439 

 

 30,337 

 30,337 

 

 29,133 

 29,133 

12

Retail exposures: qualifying revolving retail (QRRE)

 

 729 

 729 

 

 661 

 661 

 

 687 

 687 

13

Retail: other

 

 13,847 

 13,847 

 

 11,676 

 11,676 

 

 10,298 

 10,298 

14

Equity positions (PD / LGD approach)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total

 

 108,646 

 108,281 

 

 103,344 

 103,036 

 

 93,108 

 92,858 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the disclosure in order to disclose the CRM effect from purchased credit protection through credit derivatives in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

p

  

36 


 

Credit risk under the standardized approach

Annual | The standardized approach is generally applied where using the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach is not possible. The standardized approach requires banks to, where possible, use risk assessments prepared by external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) or export credit agencies to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. We use three FINMA-recognized ECAIs to determine the risk weights for certain counterparties according to the BCBS-defined asset classes: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.


The mapping of external ratings to the standardized approach risk weights is determined by FINMA and published on its website. There were no changes in the ECAIs used compared with 31 December 2019.

Debt instruments are risk-weighted in accordance with the specific issue ratings available. If there is no specific issue rating published by an ECAI, the issuer rating is applied to the senior unsecured claims of that issuer subject to the conditions prescribed by FINMA. For the asset classes Retail, Equity and Other assets, we apply the regulatory prescribed risk weights independent of an external credit rating.

 

Annual |

CRD: Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

 

External ratings used

 

Asset classes

 

Moody’s

Standard & Poor’s

Fitch

1

Central governments and central banks

 

l

l

l

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

l

l

l

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

l

l

l

4

Corporates

 

l

l

l

 

p

 

37 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CR5 table below shows exposures by asset classes and risk weights applied.

 

Semi-annual |

CR5: Standardized approach – exposures by asset classes and risk weights

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weight

 

0%

10%

20%

35%

50%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total credit exposures amount (post-CCF and post-CRM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 7,423 

 

 116 

 

 56 

 

 824 

 

 

 8,420 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 5,531 

 

 363 

 

 40 

 

 

 5,934 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 6 

 

 208 

 

 91 

 

 54 

 

 

 359 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 1,959 

 

 512 

 1,0372

 6,275 

 4 

 

 9,787 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 6,052 

 

 1,321 

 4,929 

 141 

 

 12,444 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 954 

 

 

 

 

 

 13,391 

 

 

 14,345 

8

Total

 

 8,383 

 

 7,815 

 6,052 

 1,022 

 2,359 

 25,513 

 145 

 

 51,289 

9

of which: mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 6,052 

 

 113 

 604 

 

 

 6,770 

10

of which: past due1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 214 

 

 

 214 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 8,934 

 

 207 

 

 71 

 

 836 

 

 

 10,048 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 5,319 

 

 784 

 

 26 

 

 

 6,129 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 149 

 

 1,128 

 

 143 

 

 70 

 

 

 1,490 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 2,088 

 

 125 

 1,2192

 5,130 

 12 

 

 8,574 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 5,433 

 

 1,331 

 4,600 

 173 

 

 11,538 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 894 

 

 

 

 

 

 13,221 

 

 

 14,115 

8

Total

 

 9,977 

 

 8,743 

 5,433 

 1,124 

 2,550 

 23,883 

 186 

 

 51,894 

9

of which: mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 5,433 

 

 84 

 655 

 

 

 6,171 

10

of which: past due1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 274 

 

 

 274 

 

31.12.19

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 9,540 

 

 225 

 

 58 

 

 864 

 

 

 10,687 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 4,863 

 

 673 

 

 5 

 

 

 5,541 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 398 

 

 256 

 

 155 

 

 110 

 

 

 920 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 1,831 

 

 137 

 1722

 4,348 

 2 

 

 6,491 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 5,846 

 

 1,622 

 4,496 

 109 

 

 12,074 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 1,091 

 

 

 

 

 

 13,135 

 

 

 14,226 

8

Total

 

 11,030 

 

 7,175 

 5,846 

 1,023 

 1,794 

 22,959 

 112 

 

 49,939 

9

of which: mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 5,846 

 

 99 

 521 

 

 

 6,466 

10

of which: past due1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 242 

 

 

 242 

1 Includes mortgage loans.    2 Relates to structured margin lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA.  

p

38 


 

Credit risk under internal ratings-based approaches

Annual | Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD) and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

CRE – Internal ratings-based models

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal model development, controls and changes

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

103–105

 

 

Credit risk models

 

115–121

 

 

Key features of our main credit risk models

 

116

 

 

Risk governance

Model risk management

 

95–96

102

Relationships between risk management and internal audit and independent review of IRB models

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

 

 

 

Risk measurement

 

103–105

Scope and content of the reporting related to credit risk models

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

103–105

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

107

 

 

Credit risk models

 

115–121

Supervisor approval of applied approaches

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

103–105

 

 

Changes to models and model parameters during the period

 

121

 

 

Stress testing

 

103–104

 

 

Key features of our main credit risk models

Model risk management

 

116

102

Number of key models used by portfolio and the main differences between models

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk models

 

115–121

Description of the main characteristics of approved models

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk models

 

115–121

p

 

Annual | Semi-annual | The CR6 table on the following pages provides information about credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach, including a breakdown of the main parameters used in A-IRB models to calculate the capital requirements, presented by portfolio and PD range across FINMA-defined asset classes. Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the disclosure to reflect that the information prior to CRM effects is shown in the asset class of the obligor, while the information post CRM is disclosed in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the PD, LGD, EAD and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval.

Compared with 30 June 2020, exposures before the application of credit conversion factors (CCFs) increased by USD 68 billion to USD 988 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 5 billion.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 46 billion to USD 439 billion and RWA increased by USD 2 billion to USD 14 billion, mainly reflecting increases in drawn and unutilized Lombard facilities in Global Wealth Management.


In the Retail: residential mortgages asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 12 billion to USD 169 billion and RWA increased by USD 3 billion to USD 33 billion, primarily due to currency effects and the recalibration of risk parameters for real estate portfolios in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Corporates: specialized lending asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 3 billion to USD 34 billion and RWA increased by USD 2 billion to USD 14 billion, primarily due to the depreciation of the US dollar against the Swiss franc in Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Corporates: other lending asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 5 billion to USD 108 billion, primarily driven by increased loan commitments in the Investment Bank as well as currency effects in Personal & Corporate Banking. RWA decreased by USD 1 billion to USD 37 billion, mainly driven by asset quality changes resulting in lower RWA density.

Information about credit risk RWA for the third quarter of 2020, including details regarding movements in RWA, is provided on pages 8–10 of our 30 September 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Further details about the movement of credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach for the fourth quarter of 2020 are available in our CR8 disclosure on page 49 of this report.

 

  

39 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual |

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 198,605 

 1 

 198,606 

 13.1 

 203,051 

 0.0 

<0.1

 30.6 

 1.1 

 2,792 

 1.4 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2 

 100 

 102 

 55.0 

 2 

 0.2 

<0.1

 10.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 6.4 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 55.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 54.2 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 5 

 

 5 

 

 3 

 0.7 

<0.1

 96.5 

 1.0 

 4 

 141.2 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 9.7 

 3 

 1.2 

<0.1

 22.3 

 4.4 

 2 

 62.5 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 33 

 219 

 253 

 53.7 

 28 

 3.6 

<0.1

 52.5 

 1.1 

 40 

 145.9 

 1 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 13.2 

<0.1

 48.9 

 1.0 

 0 

 226.0 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 92 

 6 

 98 

 55.0 

 7 

 100.0 

<0.1

 39.85

 4.2 

 7 

 106.0 

 5 

 

Subtotal

 

 198,738 

 327 

 199,065 

 54.0 

 203,094 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 30.6 

 1.1 

 2,847 

 1.4 

 10 

 6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 194,454 

 1 

 194,455 

 13.3 

 198,965 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 31.5 

 1.1 

 3,334 

 1.7 

 8 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.2 

<0.1

 63.1 

 1.0 

 0 

 39.9 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 44.4 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 6 

 

 6 

 

 3 

 0.7 

<0.1

 52.9 

 1.1 

 3 

 78.0 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 0 

 4 

 5 

 50.0 

 4 

 1.8 

<0.1

 30.4 

 2.6 

 3 

 75.5 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 6 

 172 

 178 

 55.0 

 2 

 2.7 

<0.1

 29.0 

 2.6 

 2 

 75.6 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 10.4 

 0 

 13.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 207.0 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 87 

 9 

 96 

 55.0 

 1 

 100.0 

<0.1

 65.15

 3.5 

 2 

 106.0 

 11 

 

Subtotal

 

 194,553 

 187 

 194,740 

 54.7 

 198,976 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 31.5 

 1.1 

 3,343 

 1.7 

 19 

 12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 137,739 

 2 

 137,741 

 25.1 

 138,852 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 30.4 

 1.0 

 2,455 

 1.8 

 3 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.2 

<0.1

 65.8 

 1.0 

 0 

 41.8 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 44.4 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 7 

 

 7 

 

 4 

 0.7 

<0.1

 53.1 

 1.1 

 3 

 77.7 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 2 

 0 

 2 

 55.0 

 1 

 1.4 

<0.1

 39.4 

 2.5 

 1 

 111.6 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 5 

 1 

 5 

 76.1 

 1 

 2.7 

<0.1

 10.2 

 4.4 

 0 

 33.0 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 9.7 

 0 

 13.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 206.7 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 59 

 36 

 95 

 55.0 

 22 

 100.0 

<0.1

 21.85

 4.3 

 23 

 106.0 

 11 

 

Subtotal

 

 137,812 

 38 

 137,851 

 54.3 

 138,880 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 30.4 

 1.0 

 2,482 

 1.8 

 14 

 11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 10,177 

 1,171 

 11,348 

 54.0 

 11,541 

 0.0 

 0.5 

 40.7 

 1.0 

 1,880 

 16.3 

 5 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,001 

 333 

 1,334 

 39.7 

 969 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 52.3 

 1.7 

 531 

 54.8 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 601 

 418 

 1,019 

 48.2 

 588 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 59.8 

 1.0 

 470 

 79.9 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 186 

 303 

 489 

 45.0 

 305 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 63.1 

 1.1 

 354 

 116.2 

 2 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 931 

 472 

 1,403 

 43.9 

 1,145 

 1.7 

 0.2 

 58.8 

 1.2 

 1,598 

 139.5 

 12 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 422 

 412 

 835 

 43.2 

 385 

 4.6 

 0.2 

 67.0 

 1.1 

 925 

 240.4 

 12 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 31 

 116 

 147 

 51.6 

 15 

 10.8 

<0.1

 63.9 

 1.0 

 48 

 319.5 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 13,348 

 3,225 

 16,574 

 48.0 

 14,948 

 0.3 

 1.5 

 44.8 

 1.1 

 5,806 

 38.8 

 33 

 20 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 12,658 

 1,095 

 13,753 

 55.1 

 13,295 

 0.0 

 0.5 

 39.6 

 1.1 

 2,050 

 15.4 

 3 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,387 

 340 

 1,728 

 37.3 

 1,321 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 53.0 

 1.2 

 652 

 49.4 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 451 

 317 

 768 

 49.5 

 517 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 61.8 

 1.1 

 433 

 83.8 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 226 

 195 

 421 

 40.4 

 303 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 55.3 

 1.1 

 307 

 101.3 

 1 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 960 

 405 

 1,365 

 45.5 

 1,058 

 1.4 

 0.2 

 53.4 

 1.2 

 1,295 

 122.4 

 8 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 431 

 2,442 

 2,873 

 45.9 

 1,262 

 3.3 

 0.2 

 27.4 

 1.0 

 1,190 

 94.3 

 14 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 2 

 15 

 16 

 31.9 

 7 

 12.9 

<0.1

 52.8 

 1.7 

 21 

 303.6 

 3 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 16,116 

 4,808 

 20,924 

 47.3 

 17,763 

 0.4 

 1.5 

 41.5 

 1.1 

 5,948 

 33.5 

 33 

 15 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 12,204 

 863 

 13,067 

 52.0 

 12,591 

 0.0 

 0.5 

 39.0 

 1.0 

 1,877 

 14.9 

 3 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 686 

 1,885 

 2,571 

 90.1 

 2,304 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 50.4 

 2.1 

 1,335 

 58.0 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 655 

 370 

 1,025 

 49.9 

 815 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 47.4 

 1.5 

 532 

 65.3 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 467 

 282 

 749 

 44.0 

 577 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 45.3 

 1.0 

 478 

 82.8 

 2 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 823 

 392 

 1,216 

 45.5 

 922 

 1.4 

 0.2 

 46.3 

 1.3 

 1,013 

 109.8 

 6 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 290 

 490 

 780 

 45.8 

 377 

 3.6 

 0.2 

 64.4 

 1.1 

 810 

 214.7 

 9 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 44 

 9 

 53 

 29.2 

 27 

 14.2 

<0.1

 38.2 

 1.2 

 57 

 212.6 

 5 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 15,169 

 4,292 

 19,461 

 66.7 

 17,614 

 0.3 

 1.5 

 42.0 

 1.2 

 6,102 

 34.6 

 28 

 11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 9,792 

 1,293 

 11,085 

 17.8 

 10,059 

 0.0 

 0.3 

 38.6 

 1.1 

 819 

 8.1 

 1 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 923 

 372 

 1,296 

 19.3 

 993 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 18.3 

 1.7 

 140 

 14.1 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 649 

 356 

 1,005 

 23.8 

 737 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 23.9 

 2.5 

 202 

 27.4 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 40 

 27 

 67 

 22.2 

 45 

 0.6 

<0.1

 30.8 

 2.8 

 22 

 49.4 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 81.4 

 2 

 1.0 

<0.1

 17.2 

 2.6 

 1 

 33.7 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 68 

 0 

 68 

 9.7 

 1 

 2.9 

<0.1

 17.1 

 5.0 

 1 

 49.9 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 5 

 

 5 

 

 5 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.25

 1.0 

 5 

 106.0 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 11,478 

 2,048 

 13,526 

 19.2 

 11,841 

 0.1 

 0.7 

 35.9 

 1.2 

 1,190 

 10.0 

 2 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 8,865 

 1,233 

 10,098 

 17.6 

 9,112 

 0.0 

 0.3 

 37.2 

 1.1 

 741 

 8.1 

 1 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 272 

 288 

 561 

 11.5 

 304 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 31.2 

 2.6 

 79 

 26.1 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 626 

 324 

 950 

 29.4 

 704 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 25.0 

 2.5 

 195 

 27.7 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 39 

 23 

 63 

 25.0 

 44 

 0.6 

<0.1

 29.9 

 2.8 

 21 

 48.7 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 96.4 

 1 

 1.0 

<0.1

 12.0 

 1.2 

 0 

 16.9 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 60 

 6 

 66 

 54.7 

 1 

 2.9 

<0.1

 9.1 

 5.0 

 0 

 26.6 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 4 

 

 4 

 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.05

 1.0 

 4 

 106.0 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 9,868 

 1,875 

 11,743 

 18.9 

 10,169 

 0.1 

 0.7 

 36.1 

 1.2 

 1,041 

 10.2 

 2 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 6,826 

 753 

 7,578 

 12.8 

 6,951 

 0.0 

 0.3 

 35.3 

 1.1 

 543 

 7.8 

 1 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 277 

 239 

 517 

 11.8 

 305 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 30.7 

 2.7 

 82 

 26.9 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 618 

 407 

 1,025 

 25.7 

 713 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 25.3 

 2.5 

 198 

 27.8 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 33 

 7 

 40 

 10.0 

 34 

 0.6 

<0.1

 28.7 

 2.7 

 16 

 47.3 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 97.9 

 1 

 1.0 

<0.1

 13.4 

 1.2 

 0 

 18.9 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 60 

 6 

 66 

 54.7 

 4 

 2.9 

<0.1

 6.0 

 5.0 

 1 

 17.6 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 4 

 

 4 

 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.05

 1.0 

 4 

 106.0 

 0 

 

Subtotal

 

 7,819 

 1,412 

 9,231 

 16.5 

 8,012 

 0.1 

 0.8 

 34.2 

 1.3 

 844 

 10.5 

 2 

 1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 3,082 

 684 

 3,767 

 71.9 

 3,372 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 13.8 

 2.0 

 229 

 6.8 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2,023 

 452 

 2,475 

 65.1 

 2,317 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 14.2 

 2.0 

 304 

 13.1 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 5,025 

 2,361 

 7,386 

 34.8 

 5,745 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 24.8 

 1.8 

 1,954 

 34.0 

 5 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,286 

 2,892 

 7,177 

 32.8 

 5,147 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 27.0 

 1.7 

 2,450 

 47.6 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 8,141 

 2,715 

 10,856 

 39.3 

 9,189 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 29.2 

 1.8 

 6,275 

 68.3 

 38 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,660 

 398 

 2,059 

 61.3 

 1,904 

 3.4 

 0.3 

 35.8 

 2.0 

 2,172 

 114.1 

 23 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 18 

 

 18 

 

 18 

 22.0 

<0.1

 33.0 

 5.0 

 72 

 398.0 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 209 

 8 

 218 

 75.0 

 106 

 100.0 

<0.1

 50.25

 2.4 

 113 

 106.0 

 108 

 

Subtotal

 

 24,443 

 9,512 

 33,955 

 40.7 

 27,799 

 1.3 

 3.7 

 25.3 

 1.8 

 13,569 

 48.8 

 186 

 125 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 2,452 

 480 

 2,932 

 73.3 

 2,803 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 13.9 

 2.0 

 199 

 7.1 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,802 

 378 

 2,180 

 68.0 

 2,059 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 15.4 

 2.1 

 309 

 15.0 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,408 

 2,021 

 6,429 

 36.5 

 5,045 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 28.0 

 1.8 

 1,622 

 32.2 

 5 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,650 

 3,518 

 8,168 

 27.4 

 5,506 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 31.7 

 1.6 

 2,677 

 48.6 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,280 

 2,351 

 9,631 

 37.4 

 8,126 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 31.0 

 1.7 

 5,439 

 66.9 

 36 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,403 

 330 

 1,733 

 58.1 

 1,593 

 3.4 

 0.3 

 35.6 

 1.5 

 1,631 

 102.4 

 20 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 4 

 0 

 4 

 100.0 

 4 

 11.0 

<0.1

 60.0 

 1.0 

 9 

 258.2 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 167 

 7 

 174 

 68.1 

 72 

 100.0 

 0.1 

 57.65

 3.0 

 76 

 106.0 

 100 

 

Subtotal

 

 22,165 

 9,086 

 31,252 

 37.3 

 25,207 

 1.2 

 3.8 

 27.8 

 1.8 

 11,963 

 47.5 

 174 

 115 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 1,948 

 420 

 2,368 

 77.3 

 2,271 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 14.9 

 2.1 

 174 

 7.6 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,501 

 524 

 2,024 

 60.7 

 1,819 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 15.9 

 2.0 

 265 

 14.6 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,838 

 2,190 

 6,029 

 32.8 

 4,464 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 27.3 

 2.0 

 1,436 

 32.2 

 4 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,187 

 3,459 

 7,647 

 32.1 

 5,141 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 31.8 

 1.5 

 2,470 

 48.0 

 10 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,339 

 2,377 

 9,716 

 36.8 

 8,206 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 31.7 

 1.7 

 5,550 

 67.6 

 37 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,163 

 296 

 1,460 

 61.1 

 1,343 

 3.5 

 0.3 

 39.2 

 1.5 

 1,507 

 112.2 

 19 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 12.0 

<0.1

 65.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 289.5 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 167 

 2 

 168 

 75.9 

 70 

 100.0 

 0.1 

 58.35

 3.1 

 74 

 106.0 

 98 

 

Subtotal

 

 20,143 

 9,268 

 29,411 

 38.1 

 23,313 

 1.2 

 3.8 

 28.5 

 1.8 

 11,475 

 49.2 

 169 

 112 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 18,411 

 20,390 

 38,801 

 34.3 

 22,251 

 0.1 

 4.7 

 33.0 

 1.5 

 4,486 

 20.2 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 6,697 

 6,593 

 13,290 

 35.3 

 8,393 

 0.2 

 1.7 

 36.4 

 2.2 

 3,287 

 39.2 

 5 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,536 

 4,490 

 9,026 

 38.5 

 5,311 

 0.4 

 2.7 

 33.2 

 2.2 

 2,620 

 49.3 

 6 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,370 

 3,403 

 7,773 

 38.1 

 5,489 

 0.6 

 2.4 

 31.3 

 1.9 

 3,122 

 56.9 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 11,515 

 8,534 

 20,049 

 44.4 

 13,078 

 1.4 

 10.8 

 30.1 

 2.1 

 9,441 

 72.2 

 57 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 4,995 

 11,609 

 16,605 

 39.6 

 8,392 

 4.4 

 4.7 

 32.5 

 2.1 

 11,715 

 139.6 

 120 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 319 

 443 

 762 

 57.3 

 470 

 14.8 

 0.3 

 29.1 

 2.0 

 1,040 

 221.1 

 20 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,576 

 358 

 1,934 

 53.2 

 1,079 

 100.0 

 0.6 

 31.65

 3.0 

 1,144 

 106.0 

 487 

 

Subtotal

 

 52,420 

 55,821 

 108,241 

 37.9 

 64,463 

 2.8 

 28.0 

 32.6 

 1.9 

 36,855 

 57.2 

 712 

 862 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 16,445 

 19,874 

 36,319 

 33.7 

 19,690 

 0.0 

 3.8 

 34.5 

 1.6 

 4,010 

 20.4 

 3 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 6,486 

 7,623 

 14,110 

 35.0 

 8,592 

 0.2 

 1.7 

 36.6 

 2.4 

 3,498 

 40.7 

 5 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,007 

 4,743 

 8,750 

 36.6 

 5,307 

 0.4 

 2.5 

 34.9 

 2.2 

 2,715 

 51.2 

 7 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,149 

 2,950 

 7,099 

 42.8 

 5,218 

 0.6 

 2.4 

 32.5 

 1.9 

 3,246 

 62.2 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 10,787 

 8,165 

 18,953 

 44.6 

 12,530 

 1.4 

 11.2 

 30.9 

 2.2 

 9,466 

 75.5 

 54 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 6,431 

 8,503 

 14,934 

 39.3 

 8,936 

 4.4 

 4.8 

 33.0 

 2.2 

 13,102 

 146.6 

 127 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 368 

 491 

 859 

 57.0 

 530 

 15.2 

 0.1 

 26.7 

 2.2 

 951 

 179.5 

 18 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,538 

 380 

 1,919 

 51.6 

 1,017 

 100.0 

 0.7 

 32.75

 2.7 

 1,078 

 106.0 

 486 

 

Subtotal

 

 50,211 

 52,730 

 102,941 

 37.6 

 61,820 

 2.8 

 27.3 

 33.6 

 2.0 

 38,067 

 61.6 

 711 

 878 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 13,726 

 18,836 

 32,562 

 34.3 

 16,701 

 0.0 

 3.4 

 37.3 

 1.8 

 3,682 

 22.0 

 9 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 3,969 

 5,443 

 9,412 

 36.9 

 5,489 

 0.2 

 1.6 

 32.5 

 2.4 

 2,016 

 36.7 

 3 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,101 

 3,994 

 8,095 

 35.1 

 5,233 

 0.4 

 2.5 

 33.6 

 2.0 

 2,715 

 51.9 

 6 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,030 

 2,509 

 5,539 

 41.4 

 4,060 

 0.6 

 2.4 

 32.9 

 1.8 

 2,207 

 54.4 

 8 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 9,263 

 8,543 

 17,805 

 38.3 

 12,372 

 1.4 

 11.1 

 30.8 

 2.1 

 9,329 

 75.4 

 52 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 4,519 

 8,690 

 13,209 

 40.0 

 7,399 

 4.1 

 4.9 

 32.1 

 2.4 

 10,543 

 142.5 

 100 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 351 

 460 

 811 

 60.1 

 487 

 17.6 

 0.1 

 13.6 

 1.8 

 506 

 103.9 

 11 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,253 

 178 

 1,432 

 48.2 

 790 

 100.0 

 0.7 

 33.15

 2.7 

 838 

 106.0 

 385 

 

Subtotal

 

 40,212 

 48,653 

 88,866 

 37.0 

 52,533 

 2.7 

 26.6 

 33.5 

 2.0 

 31,836 

 60.6 

 575 

 554 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 74,826 

 1,790 

 76,616 

 67.1 

 75,989 

 0.1 

 136.1 

 18.3 

 

 3,041 

 4.0 

 12 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 18,179 

 477 

 18,656 

 71.2 

 18,522 

 0.2 

 22.3 

 25.2 

 

 1,702 

 9.2 

 9 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 24,542 

 750 

 25,292 

 73.9 

 25,097 

 0.4 

 28.7 

 26.8 

 

 3,956 

 15.8 

 24 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 14,554 

 652 

 15,206 

 73.0 

 15,034 

 0.6 

 13.8 

 29.2 

 

 3,952 

 26.3 

 28 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 21,785 

 1,838 

 23,623 

 73.3 

 23,132 

 1.3 

 26.3 

 32.4 

 

 11,402 

 49.3 

 100 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 7,174 

 548 

 7,722 

 78.5 

 7,612 

 4.5 

 8.5 

 30.9 

 

 7,098 

 93.2 

 103 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 982 

 59 

 1,041 

 70.5 

 1,025 

 15.2 

 0.9 

 31.7 

 

 1,525 

 148.9 

 49 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 746 

 3 

 749 

 59.8 

 721 

 100.0 

 1.0 

 3.75

 

 764 

 106.0 

 27 

 

Subtotal

 

 162,788 

 6,117 

 168,906 

 71.8 

 167,131 

 1.1 

 237.6 

 23.9 

 

 33,439 

 20.0 

 352 

 177 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 66,295 

 1,707 

 68,002 

 58.3 

 67,295 

 0.1 

 129.6 

 18.6 

 

 2,806 

 4.2 

 11 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 15,046 

 375 

 15,421 

 71.2 

 15,314 

 0.2 

 22.0 

 21.7 

 

 1,364 

 8.9 

 6 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 22,360 

 633 

 22,992 

 76.5 

 22,849 

 0.4 

 29.1 

 22.8 

 

 3,349 

 14.7 

 18 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 14,570 

 458 

 15,028 

 79.4 

 14,934 

 0.6 

 16.0 

 23.6 

 

 3,431 

 23.0 

 22 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 22,773 

 1,598 

 24,371 

 76.6 

 23,998 

 1.3 

 28.5 

 27.5 

 

 10,495 

 43.7 

 89 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 8,756 

 432 

 9,187 

 74.8 

 9,086 

 4.3 

 10.5 

 23.9 

 

 6,812 

 75.0 

 93 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 1,081 

 38 

 1,120 

 87.3 

 1,115 

 15.3 

 1.2 

 22.3 

 

 1,359 

 121.9 

 38 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 701 

 6 

 707 

 64.4 

 679 

 100.0 

 1.0 

 3.65

 

 720 

 106.0 

 26 

 

Subtotal

 

 151,582 

 5,247 

 156,829 

 70.4 

 155,269 

 1.2 

 237.8 

 21.7 

 

 30,337 

 19.5 

 304 

 156 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 64,016 

 1,427 

 65,443 

 60.5 

 64,883 

 0.1 

 129.2 

 18.5 

 

 2,692 

 4.1 

 10 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 14,088 

 290 

 14,377 

 75.6 

 14,312 

 0.2 

 21.0 

 22.5 

 

 1,324 

 9.3 

 6 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 21,277 

 505 

 21,782 

 81.3 

 21,688 

 0.3 

 28.4 

 23.3 

 

 3,238 

 14.9 

 18 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 14,120 

 363 

 14,482 

 87.7 

 14,439 

 0.6 

 16.2 

 24.0 

 

 3,377 

 23.4 

 22 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 22,448 

 1,358 

 23,806 

 80.0 

 23,536 

 1.3 

 28.5 

 26.7 

 

 10,025 

 42.6 

 85 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 8,409 

 318 

 8,727 

 82.5 

 8,678 

 4.4 

 10.8 

 23.5 

 

 6,479 

 74.7 

 90 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 980 

 26 

 1,007 

 94.9 

 1,006 

 15.8 

 1.2 

 22.6 

 

 1,245 

 123.8 

 35 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 735 

 2 

 737 

 67.1 

 711 

 100.0 

 1.1 

 3.55

 

 754 

 106.0 

 26 

 

Subtotal

 

 146,073 

 4,289 

 150,362 

 74.3 

 149,255 

 1.2 

 236.3 

 21.7 

 

 29,133 

 19.5 

 292 

 110 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.204

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 66 

 462 

 528 

 

 91 

 1.7 

 29.1 

 47.0 

 

 97 

 106.6 

 1 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,245 

 6,425 

 7,670 

 

 1,723 

 2.7 

 901.7 

 42.0 

 

 606 

 35.2 

 19 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 40 

 

 40 

 

 24 

 100.0 

 23.0 

 40.05

 

 25 

 106.0 

 16 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,350 

 6,888 

 8,238 

 

 1,838 

 3.9 

 953.8 

 42.2 

 

 729 

 39.6 

 35 

 31 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 30.6.204

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 53 

 430 

 483 

 

 74 

 1.7 

 28.8 

 47.0 

 

 88 

 119.1 

 1 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,130 

 5,961 

 7,091 

 

 1,565 

 2.7 

 936.6 

 42.0 

 

 550 

 35.2 

 17 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 37 

 

 37 

 

 22 

 100.0 

 25.5 

 40.05

 

 23 

 106.0 

 15 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,220 

 6,391 

 7,611 

 

 1,660 

 3.9 

 990.9 

 42.2 

 

 661 

 39.8 

 32 

 28 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.194

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 107 

 373 

 480 

 

 148 

 1.7 

 36.3 

 47.0 

 

 41 

 28.0 

 1 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,282 

 5,632 

 6,915 

 

 1,776 

 2.7 

 947.4 

 42.0 

 

 625 

 35.2 

 19 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 33 

 

 33 

 

 20 

 100.0 

 24.4 

 40.05

 

 21 

 106.0 

 13 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,422 

 6,006 

 7,428 

 

 1,944 

 3.6 

 1,008.2 

 42.4 

 

 687 

 35.3 

 34 

 28 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF2

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM2

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)2

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 120,619 

 269,626 

 390,245 

 18.5 

 170,442 

 0.0 

 343.2 

 31.0 

 

 7,337 

 4.3 

 23 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 3,940 

 6,764 

 10,704 

 19.0 

 5,221 

 0.2 

 7.2 

 27.7 

 

 556 

 10.7 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 5,109 

 7,635 

 12,744 

 18.8 

 6,541 

 0.4 

 8.4 

 31.7 

 

 1,281 

 19.6 

 7 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,855 

 6,451 

 10,306 

 20.2 

 5,160 

 0.6 

 8.8 

 27.8 

 

 1,240 

 24.0 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 4,522 

 8,480 

 13,002 

 21.5 

 6,352 

 1.1 

 47.8 

 31.3 

 

 2,276 

 35.8 

 23 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 884 

 897 

 1,781 

 18.7 

 1,143 

 4.8 

 3.4 

 52.0 

 

 1,004 

 87.8 

 35 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 128 

 90 

 218 

 20.1 

 146 

 18.4 

 0.9 

 28.2 

 

 93 

 63.6 

 8 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 77 

 28 

 105 

 27.9 

 56 

 100.0 

<0.1

 28.05

 

 60 

 106.0 

 28 

 

Subtotal

 

 139,134 

 299,971 

 439,105 

 18.7 

 195,062 

 0.2 

 419.6 

 31.0 

 

 13,847 

 7.1 

 135 

 43 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 106,954 

 239,003 

 345,957 

 18.4 

 150,814 

 0.0 

 172.7 

 29.9 

 

 6,069 

 4.0 

 19 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2,310 

 6,556 

 8,866 

 17.9 

 3,481 

 0.2 

 4.8 

 26.6 

 

 355 

 10.2 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,122 

 6,703 

 9,825 

 19.0 

 4,396 

 0.4 

 6.4 

 28.7 

 

 779 

 17.7 

 4 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 2,573 

 10,748 

 13,321 

 17.7 

 4,478 

 0.6 

 6.7 

 28.4 

 

 1,292 

 28.9 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 3,923 

 9,452 

 13,375 

 20.6 

 5,874 

 1.1 

 41.7 

 29.6 

 

 2,006 

 34.2 

 20 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 703 

 805 

 1,507 

 19.3 

 939 

 5.0 

 1.6 

 56.2 

 

 894 

 95.2 

 31 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 83 

 62 

 145 

 23.6 

 98 

 20.7 

 0.6 

 25.5 

 

 59 

 60.6 

 5 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 215 

 21 

 235 

 0.1 

 209 

 100.0 

<0.1

 15.05

 

 222 

 106.0 

 18 

 

Subtotal

 

 119,882 

 273,349 

 393,231 

 18.4 

 170,290 

 0.3 

 234.6 

 29.9 

 

 11,676 

 6.9 

 108 

 58 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 108,053 

 246,984 

 355,038 

 18.5 

 153,741 

 0.0 

 201.8 

 31.7 

 

 6,535 

 4.3 

 20 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,977 

 3,610 

 5,587 

 18.9 

 2,660 

 0.2 

 4.5 

 29.7 

 

 304 

 11.4 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,405 

 2,235 

 3,640 

 18.2 

 1,811 

 0.4 

 2.2 

 34.4 

 

 385 

 21.3 

 2 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 837 

 1,193 

 2,031 

 18.4 

 1,056 

 0.6 

 1.7 

 33.1 

 

 315 

 29.9 

 2 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 2,792 

 7,052 

 9,844 

 15.0 

 3,846 

 1.1 

 42.5 

 35.4 

 

 1,568 

 40.8 

 14 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 783 

 768 

 1,551 

 16.1 

 980 

 5.6 

 1.4 

 64.5 

 

 1,073 

 109.5 

 41 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 166 

 26 

 192 

 31.9 

 175 

 15.4 

 0.7 

 30.8 

 

 115 

 65.7 

 9 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 4 

 7 

 11 

 2.3 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 42.55

 

 4 

 106.0 

 5 

 

Subtotal

 

 116,018 

 261,876 

 377,894 

 18.4 

 164,273 

 0.1 

 254.9 

 31.9 

 

 10,298 

 6.3 

 95 

 9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 31.12.20

 

 603,700 

 383,909 

 987,609 

 22.8 

 686,177 

 0.6 

 1,645.1 

 29.5 

 1.36

 108,281 

 15.8 

 1,466 

 1,264 

Total 30.6.20

 

 565,598 

 353,672 

 919,270 

 22.6 

 641,155 

 0.7 

 1,496.8 

 29.1 

 1.36

 103,036 

 16.1 

 1,381 

 1,262 

Total 31.12.19

 

 484,669 

 335,834 

 820,503 

 22.7 

 555,823 

 0.7 

 1,532.1 

 29.2 

 1.36

 92,858 

 16.7 

 1,208 

 836 

1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the disclosure in order to reflect that the information prior to CRM effects is shown in the asset class of the obligor, while the information post-CRM is disclosed in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.    2 Comparative figures for off-balance sheet exposures, as well as EAD post-CCF and post-CRM, have been adjusted to include uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits. The numbers of obligors reflect uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits from 31 December 2020 onward.    3 In line with the BCBS Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, provisions are only provided for the sub-totals by asset class.    4 For the calculation of the “EAD post-CCF and post-CRM” column, a balance factor approach is used instead of a CCF approach. The EAD is calculated by multiplying the on-balance sheet exposure with a fixed factor of 1.4.    5 Average LGD for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table are not used to calculate RWA. The disclosed number is derived using ECL accounting provisions (stage 3) divided by total exposures pre-CCF.    6 Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as they are not subject to maturity treatment.

p

47 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Credit risk risk-weighted assets under the A-IRB approach

This sub-section provides disclosures on the quarterly credit risk RWA development for the credit risk measured under the A-IRB approach. The table below provides definitions applied in the CR8 table on the following page.

 

Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7

The references in the table below refer to the line numbers provided in the movement tables on the next page and page 67 of this report.

Reference

Description

Definition

2

Asset size

 

Movements arising in the ordinary course of business, such as new transactions, sales and write-offs.

3

Asset quality / Credit quality of counterparties

 

Movements resulting from changes in the underlying credit quality of counterparties. These are caused by changes to risk parameters, e.g., counterparty ratings, LGD estimates or credit hedges.

4

Model updates

 

Movements arising from the implementation of new models and from parameter changes to existing models. The RWA effect of model updates is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.

5

Methodology and policy

 

 

Movements due to methodological changes in calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions to existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator. The effect of methodology and policy changes on RWA is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

Movements as a result of disposal or acquisition of business operations, quantified based on the credit risk exposures as of the end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected under Asset size

7

Foreign exchange movements

 

Movements as a result of exchange rate changes of the transaction currencies against the US dollar.

8

Other

 

Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to any other category.

 

 

48 


 

Development in the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | Credit risk RWA under the A-IRB approach increased by USD 3.3 billion to USD 108.3 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020.

The RWA increase from asset size movements of USD 1.2 billion was predominantly driven by increases from loans and loan commitments in Global Wealth Management as well as higher nostro account balances in Group Functions. These increases were partly offset by a decrease from loans in the Investment Bank.


The RWA from asset quality decreased by USD 0.9 billion, mainly driven by rating changes to credit defaults during the fourth quarter of 2020 in the Investment Bank. Model updates of USD 0.5 billion were mainly driven by the recalibration of risk parameters for real estate portfolios in Global Wealth Management. The RWA from foreign exchange movements increased by USD 2.6 billion, due to the depreciation of the US dollar.

 

Quarterly |

CR8: RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB

USD million

For the quarter ended 31.12.20

 

For the quarter ended 30.9.20

 

For the quarter ended 30.6.20

 

For the quarter ended 31.3.20

1

RWA as of the beginning of the quarter

 104,942 

 

 103,036 

 

 100,076 

 

 92,858 

2

Asset size

 1,171 

 

 (1,059) 

 

 536 

 

 7,543 

3

Asset quality

 (923) 

 

 676 

 

 863 

 

 (241) 

4

Model updates

 492 

 

 583 

 

 870 

 

 

5

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 60 

5a

of which: regulatory add-ons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 60 

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Foreign exchange movements

 2,599 

 

 1,930 

 

 1,098 

 

 (144) 

8

Other

 

 

 (224) 

 

 (407) 

 

 

9

RWA as of the end of the quarter

 108,281 

 

 104,942 

 

 103,036 

 

 100,076 

p

  

49 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Backtesting

Annual | More information about backtesting of credit models is provided on pages 120–121 of our Annual Report 2020  

Annual |

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.4 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.7 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.5 

 1.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 2.7 

 4.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 13.0 

 15.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 1.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.7 

 0.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 2.0 

 1.4 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.6 

 3.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 13.9 

 13.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 1.4 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

50 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.7 

 1.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.2 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.6 

 3.1 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 14.2 

 22.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 1.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.3 

 0.7 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.7 

 1.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.2 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.7 

 3.1 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.9 

 16.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 1.1 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.4 

 0.7 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

 

51 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.5 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.0 

 1.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 2.9 

 2.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 7.7 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.7 

 0.7 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.4 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 1 

 0 

 0.6 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.2 

 1.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 

 

 

 0.0 

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 8.3 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 0.2 

 

 0.8 

 0.7 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.0 

 

52 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.4 

 0.5 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.2 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.5 

 3.5 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 3 

 0 

 1.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 5.7 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 

 3.7 

 3.7 

 

 11 

 0 

 0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.2 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.3 

 1.4 

 

 1.5 

 1.4 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.3 

 3.5 

 

 0.4 

 0.3 

 

 6 

 0 

 1.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 6.1 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.6 

 1.1 

 

 3.7 

 3.7 

 

 11 

 0 

 0.3 

 

53 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 3.3 

 3.7 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.4 

 2.6 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.2 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 2.4 

 2.4 

 

 6 

 0 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.5 

 

 11.0 

 10.7 

 

 101 

 10 

 0.6 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.0 

 3.9 

 

 4.9 

 4.9 

 

 110 

 1 

 1.9 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 17.6 

 15.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 18 

 0 

 11.5 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 2.2 

 1.5 

 

 25.7 

 26.0 

 

 244 

 11 

 0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 3.8 

 3.3 

 

 6 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 

 5 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.4 

 2.4 

 

 8 

 2 

 0.2 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 2.5 

 2.4 

 

 10 

 1 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.5 

 

 11.2 

 11.0 

 

 86 

 3 

 0.5 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.4 

 3.9 

 

 4.7 

 4.9 

 

 131 

 2 

 1.8 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.3 

 15.2 

 

 0.1 

< 0.1

 

 15 

 1 

 10.8 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 2.8 

 1.5 

 

 26.3 

 25.7 

 

 261 

 9 

 0.3 

 

54 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 129.2 

 136.1 

 

 73 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 21.0 

 22.3 

 

 30 

 1 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.4 

 

 28.4 

 28.7 

 

 47 

 1 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 16.2 

 13.8 

 

 103 

 6 

 0.4 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.3 

 1.3 

 

 28.5 

 26.3 

 

 88 

 1 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.4 

 4.2 

 

 10.8 

 8.5 

 

 116 

 3 

 1.2 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.8 

 15.7 

 

 1.2 

 0.9 

 

 57 

 0 

 3.5 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.2 

 0.6 

 

 235.2 

 236.6 

 

 514 

 12 

 0.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 129.5 

 129.2 

 

 88 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 20.7 

 21.0 

 

 29 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 27.8 

 28.4 

 

 49 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 15.4 

 16.2 

 

 89 

 0 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.3 

 1.3 

 

 27.0 

 28.5 

 

 85 

 1 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.3 

 4.2 

 

 10.2 

 10.8 

 

 98 

 0 

 1.2 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.3 

 15.7 

 

 1.2 

 1.2 

 

 39 

 0 

 3.4 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.2 

 0.6 

 

 231.7 

 235.2 

 

 477 

 1 

 0.2 

 

55 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

Standard & Poor’s

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)2

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %3

 

End of previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 201.8 

 343.2 

 

 13 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 4.5 

 7.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.2 

 8.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1.7 

 8.8 

 

 2 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.1 

 1.0 

 

 42.5 

 47.8 

 

 16 

 1 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 5.6 

 3.4 

 

 1.4 

 3.4 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.4 

 21.3 

 

 0.7 

 0.9 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 0.3 

 

 254.9 

 419.6 

 

 35 

 1 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 195.3 

 201.8 

 

 15 

 1 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 6.2 

 4.5 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.6 

 2.2 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1.8 

 1.7 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.1 

 1.0 

 

 48.1 

 42.5 

 

 6 

 1 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.2 

 3.4 

 

 1.5 

 1.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 16.4 

 21.3 

 

 0.7 

 0.7 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 0.3 

 

 256.2 

 254.9 

 

 23 

 2 

 0.0 

1 This table covers all Pillar 1 PD models that are approved by FINMA and are subject to a yearly confirmation / backtesting. Refer to the “Key features of our main credit risk models” table under “Credit risk models” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2020 for more information.    2 The numbers of obligors reflect uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits from 31 December 2020 onward.    3 We use 13 years of data for the calculation of the “average historical annual default rate.”

p

  

56 


 

Equity exposures

The table below provides information about our equity exposures under the simple risk-weight method.

 

Semi-annual |

CR10: IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)1

USD million, except where indicated

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Risk weight in %2

Exposure amount3

RWA2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 29 

 0 

 300 

 29 

 92 

Other equity exposures

 

 638 

 0 

 400 

 638 

 2,704 

Total

 

 667 

 0 

 

 667 

 2,796 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 39 

 

 300 

 39 

 123 

Other equity exposures

 

 595 

 

 400 

 595 

 2,523 

Total

 

 634 

 

 

 634 

 2,646 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 34 

 

 300 

 34 

 107 

Other equity exposures

 

 1,010 

 

 400 

 744 

 3,154 

Total

 

 1,043 

 

 

 777 

 3,261 

1 This table includes investment in funds until 31 December 2019, and excludes significant investments in the common shares of non-consolidated financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial entities) that are subject to the threshold treatment and risk-weighted at 250%.    2 RWA are calculated post-application of the A-IRB multiplier of 6%, therefore the respective risk weight is higher than 300% and 400%.    3 The exposure amount for equities in the banking book is based on the net position.

p

  

57 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 5  Counterparty credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual I This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III counterparty credit risk (CCR) framework. CCR arises from over-the-counter (OTC) and exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs), securities financing transactions (SFTs) and long settlement transactions. Within traded products, we determine the regulatory credit exposure on the majority of our derivatives portfolio by applying the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework. For the rest of the portfolio, we have applied the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) since 1 January 2020, whereas figures for prior periods were calculated in accordance with the current exposure method (CEM). For the majority of securities financing transactions (securities borrowing, securities lending, margin lending, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements), we determine the regulatory credit exposure using the close-out period (COP) approach.

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the implementation of SA-CCR

  

Counterparty credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

Annual |

CCRA – Counterparty credit risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management objectives and policies related to counterparty credit risk

 

Risk management and control

 

Traded products

 

112–113

 

 

 

Credit hedging

 

115

 

 

 

 

Mitigation of settlement risk

 

115

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 1a item 2j Hedge accounting

 

298

 

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

320–321

The method used to assign the operating limits defined in terms of internal capacity for counterparty credit exposures and for CCP exposures

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

95–96

 

 

 

Portfolio and position limits

 

105

 

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

107

 

 

 

Credit hedging

 

115

 

 

 

Credit risk models

 

115–121

Policies relating to guarantees and other risk mitigants, and counterparty risk assessment

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

114–115

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

320–321

 

 

 

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

364–365

Policies with respect to wrong-way risk exposures

 

Risk management and control

 

Exposure at default

 

117-118

The effect on the firm of a credit rating downgrade (i.e., amount of collateral that the firm would be required to provide)

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit ratings

 

160

p

 

 

58 


 

Counterparty credit exposure

Semi-annual I The CCR1 table below presents the methods used to calculate counterparty credit risk exposure.

Compared with 30 June 2020, exposure at default (EAD) post-credit risk mitigation (CRM) related to CCR increased by USD 10.7 billion to USD 136.0 billion and RWA decreased by USD 0.3 billion to USD 38.3 billion. EAD post-CRM on derivative exposures under the internal model method increased by USD 4.3 billion to USD 49.1 billion as well as EAD post-CRM on SFTs under the comprehensive approach and the VaR approach increased by USD 8.5 billion to USD 72.3 billion, mainly driven by higher client activity levels, predominantly in the Investment Bank. EAD post-CRM and associated RWA on derivative exposures under the SA-CCR approach decreased by USD 2 billion and USD 0.6 billion, respectively, mainly due to lower potential future exposure, primarily in Global Wealth Management.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR1: Analysis of counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach

 USD million, except where indicated

 

Replacement cost

Potential future exposure

EEPE

Alpha used for computing regulatory EAD

EAD

post-CRM

RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)1

 

 5,090 

 5,383 

 

 1.4 

 14,663 

 4,353 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 30,672 

 1.6 

 49,075 

 19,179 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 23,464 

 6,544 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 48,834 

 8,226 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 136,036 

 38,301 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)1

 

 5,395 

 6,533 

 

 1.4 

 16,700 

 4,965 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 28,005 

 1.6 

 44,808 

 19,073 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 21,993 

 6,720 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 41,853 

 7,810 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 125,354 

 38,567 

 

31.12.19

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)1

 

 5,2762

 5,947 

 

 1.0 

 11,224 

 3,376 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 28,391 

 1.6 

 45,426 

 19,896 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 17,572 

 5,858 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 29,971 

 5,333 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 104,192 

 34,463 

1 Calculated in accordance with the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) since 1 January 2020, whereas figures for 31 December 2019 were calculated in accordance with the current exposure method (CEM).    2 Replacement costs include collateral mitigation for on- and off-balance sheet exposures related to CCR for derivative transactions.   

p

 

Semi-annual | The CCR2 table below presents the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge with a breakdown by standardized and advanced approaches. In addition to the default risk capital requirements for CCR on derivatives, we are required to add a CVA capital charge to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality. The advanced CVA value-at-risk (VaR) approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge where we use the internal model method (IMM). Where this is not the case, the standardized CVA approach has been used.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the credit valuation adjustment RWA decreased by USD 1.6 billion to USD 2.9 billion, primarily due to risk management activity.

Semi-annual |

CCR2: Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.6.20

 

31.12.19

USD million

 

EAD post-CRM

RWA

 

EAD post-CRM

RWA

 

EAD post-CRM1

RWA

 

Total portfolios subject to the advanced CVA capital charge

 

 48,453 

 1,358 

 

 43,939 

 3,082 

 

 44,520 

 974 

1

(i) VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

 

 371 

 

 

 906 

 

 

 180 

2

(ii) Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

 

 987 

 

 

 2,176 

 

 

 794 

3

All portfolios subject to the standardized CVA capital charge

 

 5,470 

 1,586 

 

 6,380 

 1,441 

 

 4,630 

 926 

4

Total subject to the CVA capital charge

 

 53,923 

 2,945 

 

 50,318 

 4,523 

 

 49,150 

 1,900 

1 Comparative figures for EAD post-CRM have been adjusted in the second quarter of 2020 to include stressed exposure at default on derivatives.

p

59 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CCR3 table below provides information about our CCR exposures under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2020, the total CCR exposures decreased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 6.3 billion, primarily related to a reduction from margin loans in the Investment Bank.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR3: Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weight

 

0%

10%

20%

50%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total credit exposure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 31.12.20

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 0 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 48 

 111 

 

 0 

 

 

 159 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 139 

 135 

 

 0 

 

 

 274 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 77 

 123 

 3,712 

 1,758 

 2 

 

 5,672 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 0 

 

 3 

 179 

 

 

 182 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 0 

 

 

 0 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 0 

 0 

 

 

 0 

8

Total

 

 

 

 263 

 369 

 3,715 

 1,938 

 2 

 

 6,287 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 30.6.20

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 164 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 164 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 15 

 436 

 0 

 3 

 

 

 453 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 38 

 275 

 0 

 18 

 

 

 331 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 6 

 5 

 4,3191

 1,988 

 9 

 

 6,327 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 0 

 

 7 

 209 

 

 

 216 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Total

 

 164 

 

 58 

 716 

 4,326 

 2,218 

 9 

 

 7,491 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 31.12.19

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 207 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 207 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 63 

 72 

 

 4 

 

 

 140 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 31 

 446 

 

 11 

 

 

 488 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 9 

 101 

 3,9521

 1,302 

 26 

 

 5,389 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 1 

 123 

 

 

 124 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Total

 

 207 

 

 102 

 620 

 3,954 

 1,439 

 26 

 

 6,348 

1 Relates to structured margin lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA. 

p

 

60 


 

Semi-annual | Information about RWA, including details of movements in CCR RWA, is provided on pages 6–9 of our 30 September 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, and  on page 67 of this report

The CCR4 table below and on the following pages provides a breakdown of the key parameters used for the calculation of capital requirements under the A-IRB approach, by a probability of default (PD) range across Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA)-defined asset classes. Compared with 30 June 2020, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 11.9 billion to USD 129.7 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 0.6 billion to USD 33.3 billion.

In the Central governments and central banks asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 5.0 billion to USD 15.6 billion, mainly as a result of increased client activity in securities financing transactions in the Investment Bank and Group Functions.


In the Banks and securities dealers asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 4.7 billion to USD 27.7 billion and RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 7.5 billion, primarily driven by increased client activity in securities financing transactions in the Investment Bank and Group Functions.

In the Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 0.6 billion to USD 1.8 billion, due to decreases in derivatives in Group Functions and the Investment Bank.

In the Corporates: including specialized lending asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 3.9 billion to USD 76.1 billion, due to exposure increases in securities financing transactions and derivatives, as a result of increased client activity, mainly in the Investment Bank. RWA decreased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 23.4 billion, primarily reflecting risk management activity.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 1.1 billion to USD 8.5 billion, mainly due to decreases in derivatives in Global Wealth Management.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 14,751 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 38.6 

 0.5 

 787 

 5.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 199 

 0.2 

<0.1

 38.2 

 0.9 

 53 

 26.4 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 494 

 0.3 

<0.1

 96.3 

 0.9 

 469 

 94.9 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 128 

 0.7 

<0.1

 99.6 

 1.0 

 186 

 145.7 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 0 

 2.6 

<0.1

 75.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 228.3 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 15,572 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 40.9 

 0.5 

 1,495 

 9.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 9,795 

 0.0 

 0.2 

 38.6 

 0.4 

 629 

 6.4 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 203 

 0.2 

<0.1

 47.0 

 0.7 

 57 

 28.1 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 437 

 0.3 

<0.1

 96.4 

 1.0 

 438 

 100.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 56 

 0.7 

<0.1

 55.0 

 1.0 

 45 

 80.4 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 37 

 0.9 

<0.1

 57.2 

 0.4 

 32 

 86.5 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 2 

 2.6 

<0.1

 70.2 

 1.0 

 3 

 173.8 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 10,528 

 0.1 

 0.2 

 41.4 

 0.4 

 1,203 

 11.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 8,443 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 35.4 

 0.4 

 490 

 5.8 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 129 

 0.2 

<0.1

 50.3 

 0.6 

 37 

 28.6 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 261 

 0.3 

<0.1

 53.1 

 0.7 

 149 

 57.3 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 108 

 0.7 

<0.1

 55.0 

 1.0 

 87 

 80.4 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 13 

 1.0 

<0.1

 44.7 

 0.8 

 11 

 87.2 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 8,954 

 0.1 

 0.1 

 36.3 

 0.4 

 774 

 8.6 

 

61 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 18,474 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 50.0 

 0.6 

 3,150 

 17.1 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 5,913 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 49.7 

 0.5 

 1,964 

 33.2 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,894 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 48.5 

 0.7 

 904 

 47.7 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 633 

 0.7 

<0.1

 60.4 

 0.6 

 582 

 91.9 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 738 

 1.3 

 0.1 

 52.4 

 1.0 

 827 

 112.1 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 29 

 3.9 

<0.1

 77.8 

 1.0 

 67 

 231.7 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 22.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 241.8 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 27,681 

 0.2 

 1.0 

 50.1 

 0.6 

 7,494 

 27.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 15,403 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 50.4 

 0.7 

 2,836 

 18.4 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 4,782 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 49.1 

 0.6 

 1,578 

 33.0 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,753 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 47.3 

 0.7 

 838 

 47.8 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 365 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 58.7 

 0.9 

 329 

 90.2 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 690 

 1.1 

 0.2 

 49.8 

 0.8 

 660 

 95.6 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 27 

 3.6 

<0.1

 71.7 

 1.0 

 56 

 210.1 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 22.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 241.3 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 23,021 

 0.2 

 1.1 

 50.0 

 0.6 

 6,297 

 27.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 13,108 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 48.9 

 0.8 

 2,539 

 19.4 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 4,287 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 48.7 

 0.8 

 1,568 

 36.6 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,615 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 46.6 

 0.7 

 766 

 47.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 650 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 63.1 

 0.8 

 632 

 97.3 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 573 

 1.1 

 0.1 

 38.6 

 0.9 

 404 

 70.5 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 33 

 3.2 

<0.1

 73.5 

 1.0 

 71 

 217.8 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 1 

 14.9 

<0.1

 90.0 

 1.0 

 6 

 431.9 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 20,267 

 0.2 

 1.1 

 48.9 

 0.8 

 5,985 

 29.5 

 

62 


 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 1,308 

 0.0 

<0.1

 41.0 

 0.7 

 129 

 9.9 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 470 

 0.2 

<0.1

 42.1 

 1.3 

 111 

 23.7 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 0 

 0.6 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.4 

 0 

 121.3 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 26 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 2.9 

 27 

 103.0 

Subtotal

 

 1,805 

 1.5 

<0.1

 40.7 

 0.9 

 268 

 14.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 2,143 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 36.1 

 1.3 

 136 

 6.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 265 

 0.2 

<0.1

 51.1 

 1.0 

 79 

 29.8 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 0 

 0.6 

<0.1

 100.0 

 2.0 

 0.1 

 134.6 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 29 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 3.3 

 31 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 2,438 

 1.2 

 0.1 

 37.4 

 1.3 

 246 

 10.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 2,102 

 

 0.1 

 36.1 

 1.1 

 133 

 6.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 58 

 0.2 

<0.1

 86.5 

 1.0 

 27 

 46.7 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4 

 0.4 

<0.1

 86.9 

 1.0 

 4 

 114.7 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 0 

 1.0 

<0.1

 35.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 60.4 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 22 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 3.4 

 23 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 2,185 

 1.0 

 0.1 

 37.2 

 1.1 

 187 

 8.6 

 

63 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.202

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 52,552 

 0.0 

 10.8 

 34.5 

 0.5 

 6,653 

 12.7 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 8,375 

 0.2 

 1.9 

 54.9 

 0.7 

 4,992 

 59.6 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,074 

 0.3 

 0.7 

 70.1 

 0.7 

 3,539 

 115.1 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 2,579 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 32.7 

 0.6 

 1,846 

 71.6 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,392 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 22.6 

 0.4 

 4,719 

 63.8 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 2,171 

 3.1 

 0.1 

 15.9 

 0.3 

 1,609 

 74.1 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 3 

 13.0 

<0.1

 20.0 

 1.0 

 5 

 147.0 

100.00 (default)

 

 0 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 1.0 

 0 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 76,146 

 0.3 

 15.4 

 36.5 

 0.5 

 23,363 

 30.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 30.6.202

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 49,085 

 0.0 

 12.2 

 35.0 

 0.5 

 6,587 

 13.4 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 8,386 

 0.2 

 1.9 

 52.2 

 0.6 

 4,459 

 53.2 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 2,635 

 0.4 

 0.8 

 87.4 

 0.8 

 3,821 

 145.0 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,590 

 0.6 

 0.8 

 39.9 

 0.5 

 3,429 

 95.5 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 6,059 

 1.2 

 1.6 

 27.5 

 0.5 

 4,936 

 81.5 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 2,442 

 3.1 

 0.2 

 7.7 

 0.2 

 828 

 33.9 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 2 

 22.0 

<0.1

 19.9 

 1.0 

 4 

 173.4 

100.00 (default)

 

 0 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 1.0 

 0 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 72,199 

 0.3 

 17.5 

 37.6 

 0.5 

 24,065 

 33.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.192

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 40,175 

 0.0 

 11.6 

 35.7 

 0.5 

 5,807 

 14.5 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 6,620 

 0.2 

 1.7 

 57.5 

 0.7 

 4,217 

 63.7 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 2,305 

 0.4 

 0.8 

 83.7 

 0.9 

 3,494 

 151.6 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,351 

 0.6 

 0.9 

 36.9 

 0.6 

 3,000 

 89.5 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 5,708 

 1.2 

 1.5 

 28.9 

 0.5 

 4,655 

 81.5 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 2,182 

 3.2 

 0.2 

 10.1 

 0.2 

 940 

 43.1 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 2 

 14.9 

<0.1

 90.0 

 1.0 

 10 

 431.9 

100.00 (default)

 

 1 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 1.0 

 1 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 60,344 

 0.3 

 16.7 

 38.4 

 0.6 

 22,125 

 36.7 

 

64 


 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 7,157 

 0.0 

 12.7 

 29.8 

 

 306 

 4.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 74 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 28.1 

 

 9 

 11.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 189 

 0.3 

 0.1 

 32.8 

 

 46 

 24.5 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 175 

 0.6 

<0.1

 30.5 

 

 53 

 30.1 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 915 

 1.0 

 9.5 

 31.3 

 

 293 

 32.1 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 32 

 3.9 

<0.1

 29.8 

 

 15 

 46.4 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 3 

 14.4 

<0.1

 27.9 

 

 2 

 56.9 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 8,546 

 0.2 

 22.7 

 30.1 

 

 724 

 8.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 30.6.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 7,749 

 0.0 

 13.9 

 29.0 

 

 307 

 4.0 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 309 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 29.4 

 

 36 

 11.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 155 

 0.4 

 0.1 

 30.3 

 

 38 

 24.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 198 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 34.7 

 

 60 

 30.5 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1,212 

 1.0 

 10.5 

 30.3 

 

 435 

 35.9 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 44 

 3.8 

 0.1 

 31.8 

 

 22 

 49.8 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 9 

 19.9 

 0.1 

 26.3 

 

 5 

 61.5 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 9,677 

 0.2 

 25.0 

 29.3 

 

 903 

 9.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 5,355 

 0.0 

 13.1 

 31.1 

 

 223 

 4.2 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 31 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 27.0 

 

 3 

 10.4 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 32 

 0.4 

 0.1 

 31.5 

 

 6 

 19.5 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 44 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 44.5 

 

 17 

 38.5 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 591 

 1.0 

 10.7 

 29.9 

 

 312 

 52.7 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 40 

 3.4 

 0.1 

 28.8 

 

 17 

 43.2 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 2 

 21.5 

<0.1

 28.9 

 

 1 

 70.1 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 6,095 

 0.2 

 24.1 

 31.1 

 

 579 

 9.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 31.12.20

 

 129,750 

 0.2 

 38.3 

 39.6 

 0.63

 33,344 

 25.7 

Total 30.6.20

 

 117,863 

 0.3 

 43.7 

 39.7 

 0.53

 32,715 

 27.8 

Total 31.12.19

 

 97,845 

 0.3 

 42.1 

 39.9 

 0.63

 29,651 

 30.3 

1 Average maturity for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table is not used to calculate RWA.    2 Includes exposures to managed funds.    3 Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as they are not subject to maturity treatment.

p

 

65 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CCR5 table below presents a breakdown of collateral posted or received related to counterparty credit risk exposures from derivative transactions or SFTs.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the fair value of collateral received for derivatives increased by USD 3.6 billion to USD 70.3 billion, resulting from higher client activity in the Investment Bank. The fair value of collateral received for SFTs increased by USD 53.4 billion to USD 668.7 billion, primarily reflecting higher client activity in the prime brokerage business of the Investment Bank.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR5: Composition of collateral for CCR exposure1

 

 

Collateral used in derivative transactions

 

Collateral used in SFTs

 

 

Fair value of collateral received

 

Fair value of posted collateral

 

Fair value of collateral received

 

Fair value of posted collateral

USD million

 

Segregated2

Unsegregated

Total

 

Segregated3

Unsegregated

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Cash – domestic currency4

 

 2,375 

 20,252 

 22,627 

 

 1,955 

 11,094 

 13,049 

 

 27,309 

 

 70,886 

Cash – other currencies4

 

 

 23,884 

 23,884 

 

 1,401 

 17,859 

 19,260 

 

 11,284 

 

 34,253 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,801 

 10,392 

 17,193 

 

 8,059 

 8,586 

 16,645 

 

 239,763 

 

 163,865 

Other debt securities

 

 

 2,317 

 2,317 

 

 503 

 524 

 1,027 

 

 81,959 

 

 33,238 

Equity securities

 

 4,241 

 31 

 4,271 

 

 2,604 

 3,077 

 5,681 

 

 308,349 

 

 185,050 

Total

 

 13,417 

 56,876 

 70,293 

 

 14,523 

 41,139 

 55,662 

 

 668,664 

 

 487,292 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

 

 

Cash – domestic currency4

 

 2,150 

 19,145 

 21,295 

 

 2,468 

 10,045 

 12,513 

 

 36,710 

 

 77,581 

Cash – other currencies4

 

 

 24,387 

 24,387 

 

 1,913 

 16,644 

 18,557 

 

 10,543 

 

 34,675 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,139 

 7,858 

 13,997 

 

 9,230 

 6,621 

 15,851 

 

 233,058 

 

 171,259 

Other debt securities

 

 

 3,318 

 3,318 

 

 2,442 

 186 

 2,628 

 

 79,662 

 

 35,842 

Equity securities

 

 3,662 

 16 

 3,677 

 

 2,838 

 1,436 

 4,273 

 

 255,428 

 

 150,127 

Total

 

 11,950 

 54,723 

 66,673 

 

 18,891 

 34,931 

 53,822 

 

 615,402 

 

 469,483 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

 

 

Cash – domestic currency4

 

 2,369 

 18,398 

 20,767 

 

 1,179 

 7,736 

 8,915 

 

 30,621 

 

 76,209 

Cash – other currencies4

 

 

 18,735 

 18,735 

 

 1,429 

 12,308 

 13,736 

 

 8,955 

 

 31,899 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,432 

 6,150 

 12,582 

 

 8,373 

 5,243 

 13,616 

 

 232,051 

 

 162,091 

Other debt securities

 

 

 2,231 

 2,231 

 

 1,643 

 409 

 2,052 

 

 78,903 

 

 28,532 

Equity securities

 

 4,391 

 18 

 4,409 

 

 4,138 

 180 

 4,317 

 

 290,369 

 

 168,088 

Total

 

 13,192 

 45,532 

 58,725 

 

 16,761 

 25,874 

 42,635 

 

 640,899 

 

 466,820 

1 This table includes collateral received and posted with and without the right of rehypothecation, but excludes securities placed with central banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and settlement purposes for which there were no associated liabilities or contingent liabilities.    2 Includes collateral received in derivative transactions, primarily initial margins, that is placed with a third-party custodian and to which UBS has access only in the case of counterparty default.    3 Includes collateral posted to central counterparties, where we apply a 0% risk weight for trades that we have entered into on behalf of a client and where the client has signed a legally enforceable agreement stipulating that the default risk of that central counterparty is carried by the client.    4 Cash collateral received and posted for derivatives and SFTs are subject to netting recognized on the IFRS balance sheet.

p

 

Semi-annual | The CCR6 table below presents an overview of credit risk protection bought or sold through credit derivatives.

Compared to 30 June 2020, notionals for credit derivatives increased by USD 19.2 billion for protection bought and by USD 18.5 billion for protection sold, primarily in Single-name credit default swaps and Index credit default swaps, mostly driven by higher client activity.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.6.20

 

31.12.19

USD million

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

Notionals1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-name credit default swaps

 

 42,073 

 46,350 

 

 35,166 

 36,020 

 

 37,578 

 38,687 

Index credit default swaps

 

 49,311 

 40,022 

 

 36,635 

 31,782 

 

 32,426 

 27,887 

Total return swaps

 

 3,128 

 1,344 

 

 2,133 

 901 

 

 3,692 

 1,606 

Credit options

 

 2,045 

 61 

 

 3,436 

 556 

 

 3,757 

 56 

Total notionals

 

 96,556 

 87,777 

 

 77,370 

 69,260 

 

 77,452 

 68,236 

Fair values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Positive fair value (asset)

 

 535 

 1,839 

 

 1,081 

 878 

 

 682 

 1,338 

Negative fair value (liability)

 

 2,256 

 682 

 

 1,408 

 1,295 

 

 2,050 

 916 

1 Includes notional amounts for client-cleared transactions.

p

 

 

66 


 

Counterparty credit risk risk-weighted assets

Quarterly | The CCR7 table below presents a flow statement explaining changes in counterparty credit risk RWA determined under the internal model method (IMM) for derivatives and the value-at-risk (VaR) approach for SFTs.

CCR RWA on derivatives under the IMM increased by USD 1.0 billion to USD 19.4 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily due to asset size movements in the Investment Bank mainly as a result of higher client activity, as well as foreign currency exchange movements due to the depreciation of
the US dollar. This was partly offset by lower RWA from asset quality movements, mainly due to risk management activity in the Investment Bank. CCR RWA on SFTs under the VaR approach increased by USD 0.8 billion to USD 8.4 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily driven by asset size movements due to increased trading activity.

For definitions of CCR RWA movement table components, refer to “Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7” in the “Credit risk” section on page 48 of this report.

 

Quarterly |

CCR7: RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)

  

 

For the quarter ended 31.12.20

 

For the quarter ended 30.9.20

 

For the quarter ended 30.6.20

 

For the quarter ended 31.3.20

USD million

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

1

RWA as of the beginning of the quarter

 

 18,394 

 7,607 

 26,001 

 

 19,284 

 8,055 

 27,339 

 

 20,582 

 6,663 

 27,245 

 

 20,275 

 5,502 

 25,777 

2

Asset size

 

 1,539 

 622 

 2,161 

 

 880 

 (4) 

 877 

 

 (1,878) 

 922 

 (956) 

 

 1,091 

 1,421 

 2,511 

3

Credit quality of counterparties

 

 (476) 

 135 

 (342) 

 

 (1,913) 

 108 

 (1,805) 

 

 (167) 

 10 

 (157) 

 

 (434) 

 (180) 

 (614) 

4

Model updates

 

 (225) 

 (130) 

 (355) 

 

 (99) 

 (666) 

 (765) 

 

 310 

 400 

 710 

 

 (133) 

 

 (133) 

5

Methodology and policy

 

 (154) 

 

 (154) 

 

 

 

 

 

 (60) 

 

 (60) 

 

 

 

 

5a

of which: regulatory add-ons

 

 (250) 

 

 (250) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Foreign exchange movements

 

 302 

 153 

 456 

 

 241 

 113 

 354 

 

 206 

 60 

 267 

 

 (217) 

 (79) 

 (296) 

8

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 290 

 

 290 

 

 

 

 

9

RWA as of the end of the quarter

 

 19,380 

 8,386 

 27,767 

 

 18,394 

 7,607 

 26,001 

 

 19,284 

 8,055 

 27,339 

 

 20,582 

 6,663 

 27,245 

p

 

 

67 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CCR8 table below presents a breakdown of exposures to central counterparties and related RWA. Compared with 30 June 2020, QCCP exposures related to exchange-traded derivatives decreased by USD 5.3 billion, primarily driven by lower exposures in the Investment Bank. QCCP exposures related to securities financing transactions decreased by USD 4.9 billion, mainly due to a decrease in bond repo trades.

 

CCR8: Exposures to central counterparties

 

31.12.20

30.6.20

USD million

EAD (post-CRM)

RWA

EAD (post-CRM)

RWA

1

Exposures to QCCPs (total)1

 54,507 

 1,431 

 62,167 

 1,264 

2

Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

 24,531 

 258 

 34,584 

 401 

3

(i) OTC derivatives

 1,614 

 29 

 1,420 

 27 

4

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

 17,126 

 113 

 22,470 

 160 

5

(iii) Securities financing transactions

 5,792 

 116 

 10,694 

 214 

6

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

 

 

 

 

7

Segregated initial margin

 

 

 

 

8

Non-segregated initial margin2

 28,023 

 248 

 25,665 

 237 

9

Pre-funded default fund contributions

 1,953 

 925 

 1,917 

 625 

10

Unfunded default fund contributions

 

 

 

 

11

Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)

 478 

 622 

 158 

 153 

12

Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

 143 

 143 

 135 

 51 

13

(i) OTC derivatives

 1 

 1 

 0 

 0 

14

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

 65 

 65 

 4 

 3 

15

(iii) Securities financing transactions

 77 

 77 

 131 

 49 

16

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

 

 

 

 

17

Segregated initial margin

 

 

 

 

18

Non-segregated initial margin2

 322 

 322 

 16 

 12 

19

Pre-funded default fund contributions

 6 

 73 

 7 

 89 

20

Unfunded default fund contributions

 7 

 84 

 

 

1 A qualifying central counterparty (QCCP) is an entity licensed by the regulator to operate as a CCP.    2 Exposures associated with initial margin, where the exposures are measured under the IMM or the VaR approach, have been included within the exposures for trades (refer to line 2 for QCCPs and line 12 for non-QCCPs). The exposures for non-segregated initial margin (refer to line 8 for QCCPs and line 18 for non-QCCPs), i.e., not bankruptcy-remote in accordance with FINMA Circular 2017/7, reflect the replacement costs under SA-CCR multiplied by an alpha factor of 1.4. The RWA reflect the exposure multiplied by the applied risk weight of derivatives. Under SA-CCR, collateral posted to a segregated, bankruptcy-remote account does not increase the value of replacement costs.

p

68 


 

Section 6  Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk

Background

Annual | In accordance with current prudential regulations, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) has approved our use of the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach for calculating the required capital for the majority of our credit risk exposures.

The principal differences between the standardized approach (the SA) and the A-IRB approach identified below are based on the current SA rules without consideration of the material revisions announced by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) in December 2017.

We believe advanced approaches that adequately capture economic risks are paramount for the appropriate representation of the capital requirements related to risk-taking activities. Within a strong risk control framework, in combination with robust stress testing practices, strict risk limits, as well as leverage and liquidity requirements, advanced approaches promote a proactive risk culture, setting the right incentives to prudently manage risks.

Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information about FINMA-defined asset classes.

Key methodological differences between the A-IRB approach and current SA

Annual | In line with the BCBS objectives, the A-IRB approach aims to balance the maintaining of prudent levels of capital while encouraging, where appropriate, the use of advanced risk management techniques. By design, the calibration of the current SA and the A-IRB approach is such that low-risk, short-maturity, well-collateralized portfolios across the various asset classes (with the exception of Central governments and central banks) receive lower risk weights under the A-IRB than under the current SA rules. Accordingly, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital requirements under the current SA would be substantially higher than under the A-IRB approach for lower-risk portfolios. Conversely, RWA for higher-risk portfolios are higher under the A-IRB approach than under the current SA.

Methodological differences primarily arise due to the measurement of exposure at default (EAD) and the risk weights applied. In both cases, the treatment of risk mitigation, such as collateral, can have a significant effect.

EAD measurement

For the measurement of EAD, the main methodological differences relate to derivatives, driven by the differences between the internal model method (IMM) and the regulatory-prescribed standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR).


The model-based approaches to derive estimates of EAD for derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs) reflect the detailed characteristics of individual transactions. They model the range of possible exposure outcomes across all transactions within the same legally enforceable netting set at various future time points. The modeling assesses the net amount that may be owed to us or that we may owe to others, taking into account the effect of correlated market moves over the potential time it may take to close out a position. The calculation considers current market conditions and is therefore sensitive to deteriorations in the market environment.

In contrast, EAD under the regulatory-prescribed rules is calculated as replacement costs at the balance sheet date plus regulatory add-ons, which take into account potential future market movements but at predetermined fixed rates, not sensitive to changes in market conditions. These add-ons are crudely differentiated by reference to only five product types and three maturity buckets. Moreover, the current regulatory-prescribed rules calculation gives very limited recognition to the benefits of diversification across transactions covered under the same legally enforceable netting agreement. As a result, large diversified portfolios, such as those arising from our activities with other market-making banks, will generate much higher EAD under the current regulatory-prescribed rules than under our internal model-based approaches.

Risk weights

Under the A-IRB approach, risk weights are assigned according to the firm’s internal credit assessment of the counterparty to determine the probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).

PD is an estimate of the likelihood of a counterparty defaulting on its contractual obligations over the next 12 months. It is assessed using rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparties. Statistically developed scorecards, based on key attributes of the obligor, are used to determine PD for many of our corporate clients and for loans secured by real estate. Where available, market data may also be used to derive the PD for large corporate counterparties. For low-default portfolios, we take into account, where available, relevant external default data in the rating tool development. For Lombard loans, Merton-type historical return-based model simulations taking into account potential changes in the value of securities collateral are used in our rating approach. PD is not only an integral part of the credit risk measurement, but also an important input for determining the level of credit approval required for any given transaction. Moreover, for the purpose of capital underpinning, the majority of counterparty PDs are subject to a floor.

 

69 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The calculation takes into account the loss of principal, interest and other amounts, such as workout costs, including the cost of carrying an impaired position during the workout process, less recovered amounts. Importantly, LGD considers the likely recovery rate of claims against defaulted counterparties, which depends on the type of counterparty and any credit mitigation by way of collateral or guarantees, with our estimates being supported by our internal historical loss data and external information where available.

The combination of PD and LGD determined at the counter-party level results in a highly granular level of differentiation of the economic risk from different borrowers and transactions.

In contrast, SA risk weights are largely reliant on external rating agencies’ assessments of the credit quality of the counterparty, with a 100% risk weight typically being applied where no external rating is available. Even where external ratings are available, there is only a coarse granularity of risk weights, with only four primary risk weights used for differentiating counterparties, with the addition of a 0% risk weight for AA– or better rated central governments and central banks. Risk weights of 35%, 75% and 100% are used for mortgages and retail exposures not in default, respectively.

The SA does not differentiate across transaction maturities except for exposures to banks, albeit in a very simplistic manner considering transactions only shorter or longer than three months. This has clear limitations: for example, the economic risk of a six-month loan to a BB-rated US corporation is significantly different to that of a 10-year loan to the same borrower. This difference is evident from the distinction of PD levels based on ratings assigned by external rating agencies through their separate ratings for short-term and long-term debt for a given issuer.


The SA typically assigns lower risk weights to sub-investment grade counterparties than the A-IRB approach, thereby potentially understating the economic risk. Conversely, investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach.

Maturity is also an important factor for all asset classes except Retail, with the A-IRB approach producing a higher capital requirement for longer-maturity exposures than for shorter-maturity exposures.

Additionally, under the A-IRB approach we calculate expected loss measures that are deducted from common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital to the extent that they exceed general provisions, which is not the case under the SA.

Given the divergence between the SA and the economic risk, which is better represented under the A-IRB approach, particularly for lower-grade counterparties, there is a risk that applying the SA could incentivize higher risk-taking without a commensurate increase in required capital.

Comparison of the A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

Annual | The following table shows EAD, average risk weight, RWA and leverage ratio denominator (LRD) for the asset classes Central governments and central banks; Public-sector entities; Multi-lateral development banks; Banks and securities dealers; Corporates; and Retail credit risk and counterparty credit risk exposures subject to the A-IRB approach. LRD is the exposure measure used for the leverage ratio.

LRD estimates presented in the table reflect the credit risk and counterparty credit risk components of exposures only and are therefore not representative of the LRD requirement at UBS level overall. The LRD estimates exclude exposures subject to market risk, non-counterparty-related risk and SA credit risk to provide a like-for-like comparison with the A-IRB credit risk EAD disclosed below.

 

Annual |

Comparison of A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

31.12.20

 

A-IRB, credit and counterparty credit risk

 

LRD

in USD billion, except where indicated

 

Net EAD

Average RW %

RWA

 

 

Central governments and central banks

 

 219 

 2 

 4 

 

 227 

Multi-lateral development banks

 

 5 

 3 

 0 

 

 5 

Public-sector entities

 

 9 

 15 

 1 

 

 10 

Banks and securities dealers

 

 43 

 31 

 13 

 

 63 

Corporates

 

 168 

 44 

 74 

 

 234 

Retail

 

 373 

 13 

 49 

 

 326 

of which: Residential mortgages

 

 167 

 29 

 49 

 

 172 

of which: Lombard lending

 

 204 

 7 

 14 

 

 148 

Total

 

 816 

 17 

 142 

 

 865 

p

 

70 


 

Comparison of the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD by asset class

Annual | The differences between the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD per asset class are discussed below and on the following pages.

Central governments and central banks, Public-sector entities, and Multi-lateral development banks

The regulatory net EAD for Central governments and central banks, Public-sector entities, and Multi-lateral development banks as of 31 December 2020 was USD 232 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposure is driven by exposures to banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

The charts on this page provide comparisons of risk weights for exposures to the asset class Central governments and central banks and the sub-asset classes (i) highly rated Multi-lateral development banks as well as (ii) other Multi-lateral development banks and Public-sector entities calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. Risk weights under the A-IRB approach are shown for one-year and five-year maturities, both assuming an LGD of 45%. Our internal A-IRB ratings have been mapped to external ratings based on the long-term average of one-year default rates available from the major credit rating agencies, as described on page 117 of our Annual Report 2020.

 

The SA assigns a zero risk weight to central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, as well as to highly rated Multi-lateral development bank counterparties, while the A-IRB approach generally assigns risk weights higher than zero to even the highest-quality sovereign counterparties.

 


For other Multi-lateral development bank and Public-sector entity counterparties rated AA– and better, the risk weight applied under the SA is 20%.

Despite the zero risk weights under the SA for central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, and for highly rated Multi-lateral development bank counterparties, we would expect an increase in average risk weight under the SA. Counterparties contributing to higher risk weights under the SA include sovereign wealth funds, which attract a 100% risk weight despite being generally considered very low risk, and short-term repurchase agreement transactions with central banks rated below AA–.

However, as asset class is not a significant driver of RWA, we would expect any resulting RWA increase to be relatively small.

 

Banks and securities dealers

The regulatory net EAD for the asset class Banks and securities dealers as of 31 December 2020 was USD 43 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the net EAD to increase under the SA, related to derivatives and SFTs within the Investment Bank, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches.

The chart below provides a comparison of risk weights for Banks and securities dealers exposures calculated under the A‑IRB approach and the SA.

  

 

71 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

The vast majority of our exposure with Banks and securities dealers is of investment grade quality. The average contractual maturity of this exposure is closer to the one-year example provided in the chart on the prior page. Therefore, we would expect a higher average risk weight under the SA than the 25% average risk weight under the A-IRB approach. In combination with higher EAD, we would expect this to lead to significantly higher RWA for Banks and securities dealers under the SA.

Corporates

The regulatory net EAD for the Corporates asset class as of 31 December 2020 was USD 168 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the EAD to be higher under the regulatory-prescribed rules related to derivatives and SFTs, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches. Derivatives and SFTs account for 45% of the EAD for this asset class as of 31 December 2020.

The following chart provides a comparison of risk weights for Corporates exposures calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. These exposures primarily arise from corporate lending and derivatives trading within the Investment Bank, and lending to large corporate clients and small and medium-sized entities (SMEs) in Switzerland. The comparison does not include the FINMA-required multiplier applied to the Investment Bank’s Corporates exposures under the A-IRB approach.

 

Investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach. The majority of our Corporates exposures fall into this category. We would therefore expect risk weights for Corporates to be generally higher under the SA.

In addition, SA risk weights rely on external ratings, with a default weighting of 100% being applied where no external rating is available. Typically, counterparties with no external rating are riskier and thus have higher risk weights under the A-IRB approach. However, managed funds, which comprise nearly one-third of our Corporates EAD, typically have no debt and are therefore unrated. The SA applies a 100% risk weight to exposures to such funds. Under A-IRB, these funds are considered very low risk and as of 31 December 2020 had an average risk weight of 21%. We believe the SA significantly overstates the associated risk.

Conversely, for certain exposures we consider the risk weight of 100% under the SA resulting from the absence of an external rating as insufficient, as evident from the hypothetical leveraged finance counterparty example in the table below.

 

Annual | Comparison of risk weights as a function of internal rating assessment

The table assumes two counterparties without external rating assignments.

 

 

Interest
payment
coverage
(EBITDA / total
interest
payments)

Total debt /  EBITDA

Debt / assets

Liquidity (fraction of assets that are liquid)

Internal rating assessment

Exposure maturity

A-IRB risk weight range

SA risk weight

Managed funds

NA

NA

0

100%

AAA–A

< 1Y

10–20%

100%

Leveraged
finance
counterparty

< 2

> 2.5

> 50%

0%

BB–C

> 5Y

100–250%

100%

p

72 


 

Retail

Residential mortgages

The regulatory net EAD for the sub-asset class Residential mortgages as of 31 December 2020 was USD 167 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposures is driven by banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

Due to the size of our personal and corporate banking business in Switzerland, our domestic portfolios represent a significant portion of our overall lending exposures, with the largest being loans secured by residential properties. Our internal models assign risk weights to such loans by considering the debt service capacity of borrowers and the availability of other collateral, among other factors. These are important considerations for the Swiss market, where there is legal recourse to the borrower.

In contrast, and different to the assignment of risk weights for the aforementioned asset classes, the SA is less complex and only differentiates the risk weights based on loan-to-value (LTV) ranges, as shown in the chart below.

  


The vast majority of our exposures would attract the minimum 35% risk weight under the SA, compared with an average of 20% as of 31 December 2020 observed under the A‑IRB approach.

The difference is largely due to the current SA rules not providing benefit to the portion of exposures with an LTV below 67%. The vast majority of exposures fall within this category, as shown in the “Swiss mortgages: distribution of net exposure at default (EAD) across exposure segments and loan-to-value (LTV) buckets” table on page 110 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

Lombard lending

Annual | The regulatory net EAD for the Lombard loans sub-asset class as of 31 December 2020 was USD 204 billion under the A‑IRB approach, and mainly arises in our wealth management business.

Eligible collateral is more limited under the SA than under A‑IRB. However, the haircuts applied to collateral under the A‑IRB approach are generally greater than those prescribed under the SA. Given this, we would expect the overall effect of applying current SA rules to be limited for this portfolio.

 

  

73 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 7  Securitizations

SECA – Introduction

Annual | This section provides details of traditional and synthetic securitization exposures in the banking and trading book based on the Basel III securitization framework.

In a traditional securitization, a pool of loans (or other debt obligations) is transferred to structured entities that have been established to own the loan pool and to issue tranched securities to third-party investors referencing this pool of loans. In a synthetic securitization, legal ownership of securitized pools of assets is typically retained but associated credit risk is transferred to structured entities, commonly through guarantees, credit derivatives or credit-linked notes. Hybrid structures with a mix of traditional and synthetic features are disclosed as synthetic securitizations.

We act in different roles in securitization transactions. As originator, we create or purchase financial assets, which are then securitized in traditional or synthetic securitization transactions, enabling us to transfer significant risk to third-party investors. As sponsor, we manage, provide financing for or advise on securitization programs. In line with the Basel III framework, sponsoring includes underwriting activities. In all other cases we act as an investor, by taking securitization positions.

SECA – Objectives, roles and involvement

Securitization in the banking book

Annual | Securitization positions held in the banking book include legacy risk positions in Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions. In 2020, for the majority of securitization carrying amounts on the balance sheet, we acted as an originator or investor. Securitization and re-securitization positions in the banking book are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models.

Securitization in the trading book

Annual | Securitizations held in the trading book are part of trading activities, including market-making and client facilitation, that could result in retention of certain securitization positions as an investor, including those we may have originated or sponsored. In the trading book, securitization and re-securitization positions are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models.


Type of structured entities and affiliated entities involved in securitization transactions

Annual | For securitization transactions, the type of structured entities or special purpose vehicles employed is selected as appropriate based on the type of transaction undertaken. Examples include limited liability companies, common law trusts and depositor entities.

Refer to “Note 28 Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” on pages 390–395 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors,  for further information about interests in structured entities.

Managing and monitoring of the credit and market risk of securitization positions

Annual | The banking book securitization and re-securitization portfolio is subject to specific risk monitoring, which may include interest rate and credit spread sensitivity analysis, as well as inclusion in firm-wide earnings-at-risk, capital-at-risk and combined stress test metrics.

The trading book securitization positions are also subject to multiple risk limits, such as management value-at-risk (VaR) and stress limits, as well as market value limits. As part of managing risks within predefined risk limits, traders may utilize hedging and risk mitigation strategies. Hedging may, however, expose us to basis risks, as the hedging instrument and the position being hedged may not always move in parallel. Such basis risks are managed within the overall limits. Any retained securitization from origination activities and any purchased securitization positions are governed by risk limits together with any other trading positions. Legacy trading book securitization exposure is subject to the same management VaR limit framework. Additionally, risk limits are used to control the unwinding, novation and asset sales process on an ongoing basis.

Accounting policies

Annual | Refer to “Consolidation” on page 288 in “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for information about accounting policies that relate to securitization activities.

 

74 


 

Regulatory capital treatment of securitization exposures

Annual | In line with the revised securitization framework for banking book securitization exposures, we apply the following approaches to calculate the associated risk-weighted assets (RWA):

     we use external ratings (external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA)), if available, from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings for securitization exposures, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in both critically challenging and reviewing the external ratings; or

     if we cannot apply the ERBA method, we apply the standardized approach (SEC-SA) where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%. Re-securitization positions are either treated under the standardized approach or with a 1,250% risk weight.

 

The selection of the external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) is based on the primary rating agency concept. This concept is applied, in principle, to avoid having the credit assessment by one ECAI applied to one or more tranches and by another ECAI to the other tranches, unless this is the result of the application of the specific rules for multiple assessments. If any two of the aforementioned rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the lower of the two credit ratings. If all three rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the middle of the three credit ratings. As of 31 December 2020, UBS did not use internal ratings for the purpose of the RWA calculation for securitization positions in the banking book.


Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book

Semi-annual | Due to the current immaterial business volumes and declining trend of total securitization exposures over the past years, we have condensed the following semi-annual Pillar 3 disclosures into one single tabular disclosure on the following page titled ”Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and regulatory capital requirements” as of the second quarter of 2020:

     ”SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the banking book”;

     ”SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book”;

     ”SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as originator or as sponsor”; and

     ”SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as investor.”

 

The new table outlines the carrying values on the balance sheet in the banking and trading books as of 31 December 2020, 30 June 2020, and 31 December 2019. Additionally, the table provides the market risk RWA from securitization and the capital charge after application of the revised securitization framework caps.

Development of securitization exposures in the second half of 2020

In comparison with 30 June 2020, securitization exposures in the banking book decreased from USD 176 million to USD 148 million, mainly reflecting the amortization of exposure. The securitization exposures in the trading book decreased from USD 334 million to USD 257 million, mainly related to secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank. p  

 

75 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual |

Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements

USD million

 

Carrying Value

 

RWA

 

Total Capital Charge after cap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 36 

 

 246 

 

 20 

Wholesale

 

 112 

 

 68 

 

 5 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 148 

 

 314 

 

 25 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 18 

 

 163 

 

 13 

Wholesale

 

 224 

 

 270 

 

 22 

Re-securitization

 

 14 

 

 23 

 

 2 

Total Trading Book

 

 257 

 

 456 

 

 37 

Total

 

 405 

 

 771 

 

 62 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.20

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 78 

 

 534 

 

 43 

Wholesale

 

 98 

 

 64 

 

 5 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 176 

 

 598 

 

 48 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 19 

 

 180 

 

 15 

Wholesale

 

 303 

 

 174 

 

 14 

Re-securitization

 

 12 

 

 16 

 

 1 

Total Trading Book

 

 334 

 

 370 

 

 30 

Total

 

 510 

 

 968 

 

 78 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.19

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 82 

 

 564 

 

 45 

Wholesale

 

 106 

 

 69 

 

 6 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 188 

 

 633 

 

 51 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 23 

 

 199 

 

 16 

Wholesale

 

 316 

 

 201 

 

 16 

Re-securitization

 

 13 

 

 19 

 

 2 

Total Trading Book

 

 352 

 

 419 

 

 34 

Total

 

 540 

 

 1,052 

 

 85 

1 Of the securitization exposures in the banking book, 76% carry a risk weighting of up to 100% as of 31 December 2020 (30 June 2020: 56%).

p

  

76 


 

 

Section 8  Market risk

Overview

Semi-annual |The amount of capital required to underpin market risk in the regulatory trading book is calculated using a variety of methods approved by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The components contributing to market risk risk-weighted assets (RWA) are value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SVaR), an add-on for risks that are potentially not fully modeled in VaR (risks not in VaR, or RniV), the incremental risk charge (IRC) and the securitization framework for securitization positions in the trading book. More information about each of these components is provided on the following pages.

 

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

MRA – Market risk

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategies and processes of the bank for market risk

 

Risk management and control

 

 

 

Risk appetite framework

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and

management techniques

 

Market risk stress loss, Value-at-risk

 

97–100

 

124

 

 

125–128

 

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

320–321

Structure and organization of the market risk management function

 

Risk management and control

 

 

Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division and Group Functions

Risk governance

 

92

 

 

95–96

 

 

Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems

 

Risk management and control

 

 

Internal risk reporting

 

Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

101

 

124

 

 

 

p

 

77 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Market risk risk-weighted assets

Market risk RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The three main components that contribute to market risk RWA are VaR, SVaR and IRC. The VaR and SVaR components include the RWA charge for RniV.


The MR2 table on the next page provides a breakdown of the movement in market risk RWA in the fourth quarter of 2020 under an internal models approach across those components, pursuant to the movement categories defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). These categories are described below.

Definitions of market risk RWA movement table components for MR2

References in the table below link to the line numbers provided in the movement table on the next page.

Reference

Description

 

Definition

1/8c

RWA as of previous and current reporting period end (end of period)

 

Quarter-end RWA.

1a/8b

Regulatory adjustment

 

Indicates the difference between rows 1 and 1b, and 8c and 8a, respectively.

1b/8a

RWA at previous and current quarter end (end

of day)

 

For a given component (e.g., VaR), this refers to the RWA computed whenever that component’s snapshot quarter-end figure is higher than the 60-day average for regulatory VaR, and the 12-week average for SVaR and IRC, thus determining the quarter-end RWA. The regulatory adjustment would be zero if the quarter-end RWA were triggered by the snapshot quarter-end figure.

 

Movement of end-of-day RWA

2

Movement in risk levels

 

Movements due to changes in positions and risk levels.

3

Model updates / changes

 

Movements due to routine updates to model parameters and model changes.

4

Methodology and policy

 

Movements due to methodological changes in calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions of existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

Movements due to the disposal or acquisition of business operations, quantified based on the market risk exposures at the end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected in “Movements in risk levels.”

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

Movements due to changes in exchange rates. Note that the effect of movements in exchange rates is captured in “Movement in risk levels,” since exchange rate movements are part of the effects of market movements on risk levels.

7

Other

 

Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to any other category.

 

 

RWA flow

Quarterly | Market risk RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 11.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020, driven primarily by an increase in asset size and other movements in the Investment Bank’s Global Markets business. This increase in turn was driven by higher stressed VaR (SVaR) levels, due to the portfolio being in the 2019–2020 one-year look-back SVaR window for most of the fourth quarter of 2020. As a result, the SVaR window included COVID-19-period shocks, leading to very high credit shocks being applied against the long credit inventory.

The VaR multiplier remained unchanged compared with the prior quarter, at 3.0.  

 

 

78 


 

Quarterly |

MR2: RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under an internal models approach1

USD million

VaR

Stressed VaR

IRC

CRM

Other

Total RWA

1

RWA as of 31.12.19

 901 

 4,012 

 1,224 

 

 

 6,137 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (382) 

 (2,500) 

 

 

 

 (2,882) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 519 

 1,512 

 1,224 

 

 

 3,255 

2

Movement in risk levels

 1,410 

 1,981 

 (368) 

 

 

 3,023 

3

Model updates / changes

 866 

 (723) 

 98 

 

 

 241 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 (256) 

 (217) 

 

 

 

 (473) 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 2,539 

 2,552 

 954 

 

 

 6,045 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 1,247 

 7,052 

 304 

 

 

 8,602 

8c

RWA as of 31.3.20

 3,786 

 9,604 

 1,258 

 

 

 14,647 

1

RWA as of 31.3.20

 3,786 

 9,604 

 1,258 

 

 

 14,647 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (1,247) 

 (7,052) 

 (304) 

 

 

 (8,602) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 2,539 

 2,552 

 954 

 

 

 6,045 

2

Movement in risk levels

 (1,604) 

 (1,110) 

 417 

 

 

 (2,298) 

3

Model updates / changes

 702 

 1,234 

 

 

 

 1,937 

4

Methodology and policy

 (378) 

 (618) 

 

 

 

 (995) 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 608 

 880 

 

 

 

 1,488 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 1,868 

 2,939 

 1,371 

 

 

 6,177 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 2,281 

 5,401 

 

 

 

 7,682 

8c

RWA as of 30.6.20

 4,149 

 8,339 

 1,371 

 

 

 13,859 

1

RWA as of 30.6.20

 4,149 

 8,339 

 1,371 

 

 

 13,859 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (2,281) 

 (5,401) 

 

 

 

 (7,682) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 1,868 

 2,939 

 1,371 

 

 

 6,177 

2

Movement in risk levels

 (1,066) 

 (517) 

 208 

 

 

 (1,374) 

3

Model updates / changes

 33 

 162 

 171 

 

 

 366 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 (288) 

 (929) 

 

 

 

 (1,217) 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 547 

 1,655 

 1,749 

 

 

 3,952 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 2,253 

 4,027 

 

 

 

 6,280 

8c

RWA as of 30.9.20

 2,800 

 5,682 

 1,749 

 

 

 10,232 

1

RWA as of 30.9.20

 2,800 

 5,682 

 1,749 

 

 

 10,232 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (2,253) 

 (4,027) 

 

 

 

 (6,280) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 547 

 1,655 

 1,749 

 

 

 3,952 

2

Movement in risk levels

 269 

 1,527 

 209 

 

 

 2,005 

3

Model updates / changes

 (18) 

 (159) 

 

 

 

 (176) 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 39 

 200 

 

 

 

 239 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 838 

 3,223 

 1,958 

 

 

 6,019 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 1,332 

 4,034 

 

 

 

 5,366 

8c

RWA as of 31.12.20

 2,170 

 7,257 

 1,958 

 

 

 11,385 

1 Components that describe movements in RWA are presented in italics.

p

 

79 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Securitization positions in the trading book

 

Semi-annual | Our exposure to securitization positions in the trading book includes exposures arising from secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank, and limited positions in the Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions that we continue to wind down.


Securitization exposures in the trading book is the only relevant disclosure component of market risk under the standardized approach. Our market risk RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book increased from USD 370 million as of 30 June 2020 to USD 456 million as of 31 December 2020.

    Refer to the “Securitizations” section of this report for more information about the securitization exposures in the trading book

 

 

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

MRB – Internal models approach

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of activities and risks covered by the VaR models and stressed VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

125–128

 

 

Main sources of market risk

 

124

VaR models applied by different entities within the Group

 

Risk management and control

 

Main sources of market risk

 

124

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

125–128

General description of VaR and stressed VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

125–128

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main differences between the VaR and stressed VaR models used for management purposes and for regulatory purposes

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

125–128

 

 

 

 

 

 

Further information on VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

 

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

Market risk stress loss

 

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

125–128

125

 

124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21 Fair value measurement

 

348–363

Description of stress testing applied to modeling parameters

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21 Fair value measurement

 

348–363

Description of backtesting approach

 

Risk management and control

 

 

Backtesting of VaR

 

VaR model confirmation

 

127–128

 

128

 

 

 

p

  

80 


 

Regulatory calculation of market risk

Semi-annual | The MR3 table below shows minimum, maximum, average and period-end regulatory VaR, SVaR, the IRC and the comprehensive risk capital charge. Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions.

During the second half of 2020, 10-day 99% regulatory VaR and SVaR decreased, driven by the Investment Bank’s Global Markets business from less volatile markets observed during the period.

 

Semi-annual |

MR3: IMA values for trading portfolios

 

For the six-month period ended 31.12.20

For the six-month period ended 30.6.20

For the six-month period ended 31.12.19

USD million

 

 

 

 

VaR (10-day 99%)

 

 

 

1

Maximum value

 76 

 139 

 78 

2

Average value

 34 

 46 

 19 

3

Minimum value

 15 

 5 

 0 

4

Period end

 37 

 56 

 16 

 

Stressed VaR (10-day 99%)

 

 

 

5

Maximum value

 190 

 261 

 96 

6

Average value

 88 

 100 

 51 

7

Minimum value

 39 

 36 

 22 

8

Period end

 138 

 86 

 45 

 

Incremental risk charge (99.9%)

 

 

 

9

Maximum value

 158 

 127 

 139 

10

Average value

 126 

 94 

 104 

11

Minimum value

 100 

 63 

 76 

12

Period end

 157 

 110 

 98 

 

Comprehensive risk capital charge (99.9%)

 

 

 

13

Maximum value

 

 

 

14

Average value

 

 

 

15

Minimum value

 

 

 

16

Period end

 

 

 

17

Floor (standardized measurement method)

 

 

 

p

81 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Value-at-risk

VaR definition

Annual | VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (the holding period) at an established level of confidence. The measure assumes no change in the Group’s trading positions over the set time horizon.

We calculate VaR on a daily basis. The profit or loss distribution from which VaR is derived is generated by our internally developed VaR model. The VaR model simulates returns over the holding period of those risk factors to which our trading positions are sensitive, and subsequently quantifies the profit or loss effect of these risk factor returns on the trading positions. Risk factor returns associated with the risk factor classes of general interest rates, foreign exchange and commodities are based on a pure historical simulation approach, taking into account a five-year look-back window. Risk factor returns for selected issuer-based risk factors, such as equity price and credit spreads, are decomposed into systematic and residual issuer-specific components using a factor model approach. Systematic returns are based on historical simulation, and residual returns are based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The VaR model profit and loss distribution is derived from the sum of the systematic and residual returns in such a way that we consistently capture systematic and residual risk. Correlations among risk factors are implicitly captured via the historical simulation approach. In modeling the risk factor returns, we consider the stationarity properties of the historical time series of risk factor changes. Depending on the stationarity properties of the risk factors within a given risk factor class, we choose to model the risk factor returns using absolute returns or logarithmic returns. The risk factor return distributions are updated on a fortnightly basis.

Although our VaR model does not have full revaluation capability, we source full revaluation grids and sensitivities from our front-office systems, enabling us to capture material non-linear profit or loss effects.

We use a single VaR model for both internal management purposes and determining market risk RWA, although we consider different confidence levels and time horizons. For internal management purposes, we establish risk limits and measure exposures using VaR at the 95% confidence level with a one-day holding period, aligned to the way we consider the risks associated with our trading activities. The regulatory measure of market risk used to underpin the market risk capital requirement under Basel III requires a measure equivalent to a 99% confidence level using a 10-day holding period. In the calculation of a 10-day holding period VaR, we employ 10-day risk factor returns, whereby all observations are equally weighted.

Additionally, the population of the portfolio within management and regulatory VaR is slightly different. The population within regulatory VaR meets regulatory requirements for inclusion in regulatory VaR. Management VaR includes a broader population of positions: for example, regulatory VaR excludes the credit spread risks from the securitization portfolio, which are treated instead under the securitization approach for regulatory purposes.

We also use SVaR for the calculation of regulatory capital. SVaR adopts broadly the same methodology as regulatory VaR and is calculated using the same population, holding period (10-day) and confidence level (99%). However, unlike regulatory VaR, the historical data set for SVaR is not limited to five years, but spans the time period from 1 January 2007 to present. In deriving SVaR, we search for the largest 10-day holding period VaR for the current portfolio of the Group across all one-year look-back windows that fall into the interval from 1 January 2007 to present. SVaR is computed weekly.

 

Derivation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

Annual | VaR and SVaR are used to derive the VaR and SVaR components of the market risk Basel III RWA. This calculation takes the maximum of the respective period-end VaR measure and the product of the average VaR measure for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier set by FINMA. The VaR multiplier, which was 3.0 as of 31 December 2020, is dependent upon the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window. When the number of exceptions is greater than four, the multiplier increases gradually from three to a maximum of four if 10 or more backtesting exceptions occur. This is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. This calculation is set out in the table below.

In the second quarter of 2020, a temporary model multiplier of 1.3 introduced by FINMA in 2016 was removed.

 

Annual |

Calculation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

USD million

Period-end VaR

(A)

60-day average VaR

(B)

VaR multiplier

(C)

Max. (A, B x C)

(D)

Risk weight factor

(E)

Basel III RWA

(D x E)

VaR (10-day 99%)

 37 

 32 

 3.00 

 97 

 1,250% 

 1,209 

Stressed VaR (10-day 99%) 

 138 

 106 

 3.00 

 319 

 1,250% 

 3,990 

p

82 


 

 

MR4: Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses

Semi-annual | VaR backtesting is a performance measurement process in which the 1-day VaR prediction is compared with the realized 1-day profit or loss (P&L). We compute backtesting VaR using a 99% confidence level and one-day holding period for the population included within regulatory VaR. Since 99% VaR at UBS is defined as a risk measure that operates on the lower tail of the P&L distribution, 99% backtesting VaR is a negative number. Backtesting revenues exclude non-trading revenues, such as valuation reserves, fees and commissions, and revenues from intraday trading, so as to provide a like-for-like comparison. A backtesting exception occurs when backtesting revenues are lower than the previous day’s backtesting VaR.

Statistically, given the confidence level of 99%, two or three backtesting exceptions per year can be expected. More than four exceptions could indicate that the VaR model is not performing appropriately, as could too few exceptions over a prolonged period of time. However, as noted under “VaR limitations” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2020, a sudden increase or decrease in market volatility relative to the five-year window could lead to a higher or lower number of exceptions, respectively. Accordingly, Group-level backtesting exceptions are investigated, as are exceptional positive backtesting revenues, with results being reported to senior business management, the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Group Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer. Backtesting exceptions are also reported to internal and external auditors and to the relevant regulators.

The “Group: development of regulatory backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues against backtesting VaR” chart below shows the 12-month development of backtesting VaR against the Group’s backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues for 2020. The chart shows both the 99% and the 1% backtesting VaR. The asymmetry between the negative and positive tails is a result of the long gamma risk profile that has been run historically in the Investment Bank.

The actual trading revenues include, in addition to backtesting revenues, intraday revenues.

There were no new Group VaR backtesting exceptions in the second half of 2020. The total number of backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window remained at 3. Correspondingly, the FINMA VaR multiplier used to compute regulatory and stressed VaR RWA remained unchanged at 3 throughout the period. FINMA’s freeze on backtesting exceptions did not affect this multiplier.

Semi-annual |

p

  

  

 

83 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Risks not in VaR

Risks not in VaR definition

Annual | We have a framework to identify and quantify potential risks that are not entirely captured by our VaR model. We refer to these as risks not in VaR (RniV). This framework is used to underpin these potential risks with regulatory capital, calculated as a multiple of VaR and SVaR.

Our VaR model can be split into two components: the P&L representation and the risk factor model. This gives rise to two RniV categories: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV. P&L representation RniV arise from approximations made by the VaR model to quantify the effect of risk factor changes on the profit and loss of positions and portfolios. Risk factor RniV originate from an inadequate modeling of the stochastic behavior of the risk factors.  

Risks not in VaR quantification

Annual | The RniV quantification is conducted on the basis of a quantitative approach that was developed within the Risk Methodology department and that has been approved by FINMA. We quantify RniV on a monthly basis. The framework applies to both categories of RniV: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV.


Risks not in VaR mitigation

Annual | Material RniV items are monitored and controlled by means and measures other than VaR, such as position limits and stress limits. Additionally, there are ongoing initiatives to extend the VaR model to better capture these risks.

Derivation of RWA add-on for risks not in VaR

Annual |  

The RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA, using the aforementioned approach, which is approved by FINMA and is subject to recalibration at least once a quarter. As RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

The RniV VaR and SVaR capital ratios applicable as of 31 December 2020 were 80% and 82%, respectively.

FINMA continues to require that RniV stressed VaR capital is floored at RniV VaR capital.

 

Annual |

Calculation of RniV-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

USD million

Period-end RWA

(A)

RniV add-on

(B)

RniV RWA

(A x B)

Regulatory VaR

 1,209 

 80% 

 961 

Stressed VaR

 3,990 

 82% 

 3,267 

Total RniV RWA

 

 

 4,228 

p

84 


 

Incremental risk charge

Annual | Incremental risk charge (IRC) is the potential loss due to the defaulting or credit migration of issuers of non-securitized credit instruments in the trading book. IRC is calculated as the portfolio loss at the 99.9th percentile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year time horizon. It uses a multi-factor model applying the constant position assumption for all positions in the IRC portfolio. This means that all positions are kept unchanged over a one-year time period.

The portfolio loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. The simulation is performed in two steps: first, the distribution of credit ratings (including the defaulted state) at the one-year time horizon is estimated by a portfolio rating migration model; and, second, default and migration losses conditional on credit events generated by the migration model are calculated and aggregated.

The portfolio rating migration model is of the Merton type: migrations of credit ratings are considered to be functions of the underlying asset value of a firm. The correlation structure of asset values is based on the FIS APT factor model, with factor loadings and volatilities homogenized within region / industry / size buckets. For the government bucket, a conservative expert-based correlation value is used. The transition matrix approach is utilized to set migration and default thresholds. The transition matrix for sovereign obligors is calibrated to the history of S&P sovereign ratings. The transition matrix for non-sovereigns is calibrated to the history of UBS internal ratings.

For each position related to a defaulted obligor, default losses are calculated based on the maximum default exposure measure (the loss in the case of a default event assuming zero recovery) and a random recovery concept. To account for potential basis risk between instruments, different recovery values may be generated for different instruments even if they belong to the same issuer. To calculate rating migration losses, a linear (delta) approximation is used. A loss resulting from a migration event is calculated as a change in the average credit spread due to the rating change, multiplied by the corresponding sensitivity of a position to changes in credit spreads.

The validation of the IRC model relies heavily on sensitivity analyses embedded into the annual model reconfirmation.

Derivation of IRC-based RWA

Annual | IRC is calculated weekly and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier, and is shown below.

 

Annual |

Calculation of IRC-based RWA as of 31 December 2020

 

Period-end IRC

(A)

Average of last

12 weeks IRC

(B)

Max (A, B)

(C)

Risk weight factor

(D)

Basel III RWA

(C x D)

USD million

 

 157 

 133 

 157 

 1,250% 

 1,958 

p

 

85 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Comprehensive risk measure

Annual | The comprehensive risk measure (the CRM) is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level. The calculation assumes a static portfolio with trade aging, a modeling choice consistent with the portfolio being hedged in a back-to-back manner. The model scope covers collateralized debt obligation (CDO) swaps, credit-linked notes (CLNs), 1st- and nth-to-default swaps and CLNs and hedges for these positions, including single-name credit default swaps (CDSs), CLNs and index CDSs.

The CRM profit and loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation of defaults, loss given default (LGD)
rates and market data changes over the next 12 months, where spreads follow their own stochastic processes and are correlated to defaults. The risk engine loads the definition of all trades and, for each Monte Carlo scenario, generates the trade cash flows over the next 12 months and revalues the trades on the horizon date. The revaluation relies on sampled FX rates, credit spreads and index bases and introduces a correlation skew by using stochastic correlations and stochastic LGD rates. The correlation skew is calibrated at irregular intervals. The 99.9% negative quantile of the resulting profit and loss distribution is then taken to be the CRM result. Our CRM methodology is subject to minimum qualitative standards.

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions and therefore the CRM-based capital requirement has not been applicable to us.

 

  

86 


 

 

Section 9  Operational risk

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

ORA: Operational risk

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details of the approach for operational risk capital assessment for which the bank qualifies

 

Risk management and control

 

Operational risk framework

 

140

Description of the advanced measurement approaches (AMA) for operational risk

 

Risk management and control

 

Advanced measurement approach model

 

141

p

  

87 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 10  Interest rate risk in the banking book

Annual | The disclosures in this section take into account Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) Circular 2019/2, which sets out minimum standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling interest rate risks in the banking book.

 

Annual |

Interest rate risk in the banking book 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The nature of interest rate risk in the banking book and key assumptions applied

 

Risk management and control

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

 

128–131

p

 

Annual | Sources of interest rate risk in the banking book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) arises from balance sheet positions such as Loans and advances to banks Loans and advances to customers Financial assets at fair value not held for trading Financial assets measured at amortized cost Customer deposits Debt issued measured at amortized cost and derivatives, including those used for cash flow hedge accounting purposes. Fair value changes to these positions may affect other comprehensive income (OCI) or the income statement, depending on their accounting treatment.

Our largest banking book interest rate exposures arise from customer deposits and lending products in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking. The inherent interest rate risks are generally transferred from Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking to Group Treasury, to be managed centrally. This allows for the netting of interest rate risks across different sources, while leaving the originating businesses with commercial margin and volume management. The residual interest rate risk is mainly hedged with interest rate swaps, to the vast majority of which we apply hedge accounting. Short-term exposures and high-quality liquid assets classified as financial assets at fair value not held for trading are hedged with derivatives accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Long-term fixed-rate debt issued is hedged with interest rate swaps designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships.

Risk management and governance

IRRBB is measured using a number of metrics, the most relevant of which are the following.

     Interest rate sensitivities to parallel shifts in yield curves, calculated as changes in the present value of future cash flows irrespective of accounting treatment. These are also the key risk factors for statistical and stress-based measures, such as value-at-risk and stress scenarios (including economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity), and are measured and reported daily. EVE sensitivity is the exposure arising from the most adverse regulatory interest rate scenario after netting across currencies. In addition to the regulatory measure, we apply an internal EVE sensitivity metric that includes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

     Net interest income (NII) sensitivity assesses the change in NII over a set time horizon compared with the baseline NII, which we internally calculate by assuming that interest rates in all currencies develop according to their market-implied forward rates and assuming constant business volumes and no specific management actions. The internal NII sensitivity, which includes the contribution from cash held at central banks, unlike the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, is measured and reported monthly.

 

We actively manage IRRBB, aiming to reduce the volatility of NII, while keeping the EVE sensitivity within set internal risk limits.

EVE and NII sensitivity are monitored against limits and triggers, both at consolidated and at significant legal entity levels. We also assess the sensitivity of EVE and NII under stressed market conditions, by applying a suite of parallel and non-parallel interest rate scenarios, as well as specific economic scenarios.

The Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Strategy Committee, which is a sub-committee of the Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), and, where relevant, ALCOs at a legal entity level, perform independent oversight over the management of IRRBB. IRRBB is also subject to Group Internal Audit and model governance.

Key modeling assumptions

The cash flows from customer deposits and lending products used in the calculation of EVE sensitivity exclude commercial margins and other spread components and are aggregated by daily time-buckets, and are discounted using risk-free rates. Our external issuances are discounted using UBS’s senior debt curve, and capital instruments are modeled to the first call date. NII sensitivity, which includes commercial margins, is calculated over a one-year time horizon, assuming constant balance sheet structure and volumes, and considers the flooring effect of embedded interest rate options.

The average repricing maturity of non-maturing deposits and loans is determined via replication portfolio strategies that are designed to protect product margin. Optimal replicating portfolios are determined at a granular currency- and product-specific level by simulating and applying a real-world market rate model to historically calibrated client rate and volume models.

88 


 

We use an econometric prepayment model to forecast prepayment rates on US mortgage loans in UBS Bank USA and agency mortgage-backed securities (MBSs) held in various liquidity portfolios of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. These prepayment rates are used to forecast both mortgage loan and MBS balances under various macroeconomic scenarios. The prepayment model is used for a variety of purposes, including risk management and regulatory stress testing. Mortgages in Switzerland and fixed-term deposits generally do not carry similar optionality, due to prepayment and early redemption penalties.

Economic value and net interest income sensitivity

The interest rate risk sensitivity figures presented in the IRRBB1 table below represent the effect of six interest rate scenarios defined by FINMA on the theoretical present value of the banking book, as well as the effect of the two parallel shock scenarios on the net interest income of the banking book. EVE sensitivity excludes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.


As of 31 December 2020, the most adverse of the six FINMA interest rate scenarios with regard to EVE was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a change of the economic value of equity of negative USD 5.6 billion, representing a pro forma reduction of 10.0% of tier 1 capital, which is well below the regulatory outlier test of 15% of tier 1 capital. The immediate effect of the “Parallel up” scenario on tier 1 capital as of 31 December 2020 would be a reduction of 1.2%, or USD 0.7 billion, arising from the part of our banking book that is measured at fair value through profit or loss and from the financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. This scenario would, however, have a positive effect on net interest income.

The more adverse of the two parallel interest rate scenarios with regard to NII over the next 12 months was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a potential change of negative USD 0.4 billion. This excludes the contribution from cash held at central banks as per FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements. With the inclusion of the cash held at central banks, the NII would increase by USD 1.2 billion under the “Parallel up” scenario.

 

 

Annual |

IRRBB1: Quantitative information about IRRBB

As of 31.12.20

 

Delta EVE – Change of economic value of equity

 

Delta NII – Change of Net interest income1

USD million

 

31.12.20

31.12.19

 

31.12.20

31.12.19

Parallel up2

 

 (5,605) 

 (5,003) 

 

 (364) 

 (608) 

Parallel down2

 

 4,957 

 4,316 

 

 1,128 

 48 

Steepener3

 

 (849) 

 (816) 

 

 

 

Flattener4

 

 (394) 

 (337) 

 

 

 

Short-term up5

 

 (2,333) 

 (2,166) 

 

 

 

Short-term down6

 

 2,435 

 2,292 

 

 

 

Maximum7

 

 (5,605) 

 (5,003) 

 

 (364) 

 (608) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

31.12.20

 

31.12.19

Tier 1 capital

 

 56,178 

 

 51,888 

1 Disclosure of the NII sensitivity is only required for the two parallel shock scenarios. The NII sensitivity estimates reflect the impact of immediate changes in interest rates, relative to constant rates, and assume no change to balance sheet size and structure, constant foreign exchange rates and no specific management action. Furthermore, the change in NII does not include the contribution from cash held at central banks.    2 Rates across all tenors move by ±150 bps for Swiss franc, ±200 bps for euro and US dollar and ±250 bps for pound sterling.    3 Short-term rates decrease and long-term rates increase.    4 Short-term rates increase and long-term rates decrease.    5 Short-term rates increase more than long-term rates.    6 Short-term rates decrease more than long-term rates.    7 “Maximum” indicates the most adverse interest rate scenario as shown in the table. 

p

 

89 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

As of 31.12.20

 

 

Volume1

 

Average interest rate repricing period (in years)

 

Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates

USD million, except where indicated

 

Total

of which: CHF

of which: EUR

of which: USD

 

Total

of which: CHF

 

Total

of which: CHF

Determined

repricing period2

Loans and advances to banks

 

 12,565 

 4,593 

 4,951 

 2,979 

 

 0.70 

 0.96 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 193,630 

 39,208 

 25,507 

 99,499 

 

 0.81 

 1.52 

 

 

 

Money market mortgages

 

 37,291 

 37,291 

 

 

 

 0.14 

 0.14 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate mortgages

 

 104,925 

 103,394 

 61 

 338 

 

 3.90 

 3.94 

 

 

 

Financial investments

 

 64,759 

 4,207 

 10,834 

 38,900 

 

 2.91 

 4.22 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 179,547 

 0 

 20,326 

 108,515 

 

 0.14 

 0.05 

 

 

 

Receivables from interest rate derivatives

 

 702,621 

 109,014 

 122,322 

 383,237 

 

 1.18 

 0.89 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 (6,541) 

 (3,105) 

 0 

 (3,433) 

 

 1.70 

 1.74 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

 (35,888) 

 (150) 

 (3,409) 

 (20,782) 

 

 0.44 

 1.14 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

 (64) 

 (64) 

 0 

 

 

 1.24 

 2.70 

 

 

 

Bonds and covered bonds

 

 (138,241) 

 (11,780) 

 (38,745) 

 (71,970) 

 

 2.29 

 4.49 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 (85,004) 

 (37) 

 (13,148) 

 (37,414) 

 

 0.07 

 0.01 

 

 

 

Liabilities from interest rate derivatives

 

 (704,432) 

 (161,981) 

 (107,385) 

 (328,395) 

 

 0.67 

 0.94 

 

 

 

Undetermined

repricing period3

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 20,601 

 1,894 

 3,291 

 13,900 

 

 1.36 

 0.93 

 

 

 

Variable-rate mortgages

 

 21,425 

 1,587 

 

 16,541 

 

 2.95 

 1.26 

 

 

 

Other receivables on sight

 

 310 

 310 

 

 

 

 1.47 

 1.47 

 

 

 

Liabilities on sight in personal and current accounts

 

 (333,271) 

 (80,631) 

 (50,458) 

 (174,463) 

 

 1.16 

 1.54 

 

 

 

Other liabilities on sight

 

 (27,581) 

 (9,415) 

 (3,774) 

 (13,081) 

 

 0.08 

 0.03 

 

 

 

Liabilities from customer deposits, callable but not transferable

 

 (127,039) 

 (127,039) 

 

 0 

 

 2.05 

 2.05 

 

 

 

Total

 

 530,228 

 220,877 

 57,522 

 217,984 

 

 1.05 

 1.72 

 

 10 

 10 

1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below USD 1 billion are reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process.

p

 

90 


 

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

As of 31.12.19

 

 

Volume1

 

Average interest rate repricing period (in years)

 

Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates

USD million, except where indicated

 

Total

of which: CHF

of which: EUR

of which: USD

 

Total

of which: CHF

 

Total

of which: CHF

Determined

repricing period 2

Loans and advances to banks

 

 11,913 

 4,969 

 3,705 

 3,199 

 

 0.73 

 0.94 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 145,829 

 36,282 

 12,071 

 79,396 

 

 0.73 

 1.48 

 

 

 

Money market mortgages

 

 41,311 

 41,311 

 

 

 

 0.14 

 0.14 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate mortgages

 

 84,164 

 84,164 

 

 

 

 4.11 

 4.11 

 

 

 

Financial investments

 

 47,022 

 1,182 

 5,259 

 32,279 

 

 1.73 

 3.15 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 182,792 

 0 

 14,691 

 125,810 

 

 0.11 

 0.09 

 

 

 

Receivables from interest rate derivatives

 

 635,141 

 86,494 

 107,881 

 356,096 

 

 1.26 

 1.12 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 (4,752) 

 (3,388) 

 0 

 (1,201) 

 

 1.12 

 1.13 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

 (52,106) 

 (130) 

 (354) 

 (41,316) 

 

 0.39 

 1.55 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

 (88) 

 (88) 

 0 

 

 

 1.27 

 2.57 

 

 

 

Bonds and covered bonds

 

 (87,075) 

 (9,854) 

 (22,935) 

 (46,310) 

 

 2.27 

 4.77 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 (84,427) 

 0 

 (12,054) 

 (48,968) 

 

 0.06 

 0.01 

 

 

 

Liabilities from interest rate derivatives

 

 (635,931) 

 (109,901) 

 (79,752) 

 (335,227) 

 

 0.64 

 0.90 

 

 

 

Undetermined

repricing period3

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 19,202 

 1,997 

 2,785 

 12,843 

 

 1.34 

 0.88 

 

 

 

Variable-rate mortgages

 

 19,817 

 

 

 16,383 

 

 2.98 

  

 

 

 

Other receivables on sight

 

 2,105 

 2,105 

 

 

 

 1.32 

 1.32 

 

 

 

Liabilities on sight in personal and current accounts

 

 (277,888) 

 (90,043) 

 (52,891) 

 (113,900) 

 

 1.19 

 1.23 

 

 

 

Other liabilities on sight

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Liabilities from customer deposits, callable but not transferable

 

 (109,018) 

 (109,018) 

 

 

 

 2.23 

 2.23 

 

 

 

Total

 

 428,030 

 203,163 

 55,677 

 143,125 

 

 1.14 

 1.72 

 

 10 

 10 

1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below USD 1 billion are reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process.

p

91 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 11  Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

Quarterly | The table below provides details of the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) going and gone concern capital requirements as required by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA); however, it does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA on 25 March 2020 in connection with COVID-19 that applied until 1 January 2021, which permitted the exclusion of central bank sight deposits from the going concern leverage ratio calculation. The respective effect is presented on the next page. More information about capital management is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.20

 

          RWA

 

          LRD1

USD million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 13.962

 40,345 

 

 4.882

 50,561 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 9.66 

 27,914 

 

 3.38 

 35,004 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 13,010 

 

 1.50 

 15,557 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.14 

 14,860 

 

 1.88 

 19,447 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.02 

 45 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 12,431 

 

 1.50 

 15,557 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 10,119 

 

 1.50 

 15,557 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 2,313 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 19.43 

 56,178 

 

 5.42 

 56,178 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 13.80 

 39,890 

 

 3.85 

 39,890 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital3

 

 5.63 

 16,288 

 

 1.57 

 16,288 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.74 

 13,711 

 

 1.32 

 13,711 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 0.89 

 2,577 

 

 0.25 

 2,577 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity5

 

 10.16 

 29,367 

 

 3.64 

 37,724 

of which: base requirement

 

 12.86 

 37,178 

 

 4.50 

 46,672 

of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD

 

 1.08 

 3,122 

 

 0.38 

 3,889 

of which: applicable reduction on requirements

 

 (3.78) 

 (10,933) 

 

 (1.24) 

 (12,838) 

of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 47.5% of maximum rebate)

 

 (2.54) 

 (7,333) 

 

 (0.89) 

 (9,237) 

of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments

 

 (1.25) 

 (3,600) 

 

 (0.35) 

 (3,600) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 15.75 

 45,545 

 

 4.39 

 45,545 

Total tier 2 capital

 

 2.68 

 7,744 

 

 0.75 

 7,744 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 

 2.49 

 7,201 

 

 0.69 

 7,201 

of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital

 

 0.19 

 543 

 

 0.05 

 543 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 13.08 

 37,801 

 

 3.64 

 37,801 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 24.11 

 69,713 

 

 8.51 

 88,285 

Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 35.19 

 101,722 

 

 9.81 

 101,722 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 289,101 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator1

 

 

 

 

 

 1,037,150 

1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to the COVID-19-related information in this section for more information.    2 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 Includes outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments, which are available under the Swiss SRB framework to meet the going concern requirements until their first call date. As of their first call date, these instruments are eligible to meet the gone concern requirements.    4 From 1 January 2020 onward, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.    5 The gone concern requirement after the application of the rebate for resolvability measures and the reduction for the use of higher quality capital instruments is floored at 8.6% and 3% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively. This means that the combined reduction may not exceed 5.34 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement of 13.94% and 1.875 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement of 4.875%.

p

92 


 

Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits

In line with the FINMA exemption rules that applied until 1 January 2021, the eligible leverage ratio denominator (LRD) relief applicable to UBS is reduced by the going concern LRD equivalent of the capital distribution that UBS made for the 2019 financial year.

The table below summarizes the effects on our Swiss SRB going concern capital requirements and information. The FINMA exemption rules had no effect on our Swiss SRB gone concern capital requirements and ratios.


Outside of this section, for simplicity and due to the short-term nature of the FINMA exemption, we have chosen to present LRD excluding the temporary FINMA exemption.

The LRD reflecting the aforementioned temporary FINMA exemption under Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) rules is identical to the Swiss SRB number presented in the table below. The BCBS Basel III leverage ratio was 5.95% after the temporary FINMA exemption was reflected.

 

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information including temporary FINMA exemption

As of 31.12.20

 

LRD

USD million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator before temporary exemption

 

 

 1,037,150 

Effective relief

 

 

 (92,827) 

of which: central bank sight deposits eligible for relief

 

 

 (146,308) 

of which: reduction of relief due to paid dividend distribution1

 

 

 53,481 

Leverage ratio denominator after temporary exemption

 

 

 944,323 

 

 

 

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 4.88 

 46,036 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 3.38 

 31,871 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 5.95 

 56,178 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 4.22 

 39,890 

1 Represents the leverage ratio denominator equivalent to a 4.875% going concern leverage ratio requirement applied to the 2019 paid dividend of USD 2,607 million (USD 0.365 per share, paid on 7 May 2020 and 27 November 2020).

p

 

 

Semi-annual | The CCyB1 table below provides details of the underlying exposures and risk-weighted assets (RWA) used in the computation of the countercyclical buffer requirement applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated. Further information about the methodology of geographical allocation used is provided on page 133 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

There were no changes in the countercyclical buffer requirement during the second half of 2020.

 

Semi-annual |

CCyB1: Geographical distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geographical breakdown

Countercyclical capital buffer rate, %

Exposure values and / or risk-weighted assets used in the computation of the countercyclical capital buffer

Bank-specific countercyclical capital buffer rate, %

Countercyclical amount

Exposure values1

 

Risk-weighted assets

Hong Kong

 1.00 

 8,168 

 

 1,949 

 

 

Luxembourg

 0.252

 19,396 

 

 3,747 

 

 

Sum

 

 27,564 

 

 5,695 

 

 

Total

 

 621,855 

 

 186,261 

 0.02 

 45 

1 Includes private sector exposures in the countries that are Basel Committee on Banking Supervision member jurisdictions under categories “Credit risk,” “Counterparty credit risk,” “Equity positions in the banking book,” “Settlement risk,” “Securitization exposures in the banking book” and “Amounts below thresholds for deduction.”    2 The countercyclical buffer for Luxembourg will increase from 0.25% to 0.50%, effective from 1 January 2021.

p

 

93 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CC2 table below and on the following page provides a reconciliation of the IFRS balance sheet to the balance sheet according to the regulatory scope of consolidation as defined by the BCBS and FINMA. Lines in the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation are expanded and referenced where relevant to display all components that are used in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table. Refer to the “Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures” section of this report for more information about the most significant entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation.

 

Semi-annual |

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation

As of 31.12.20

Balance sheet in

accordance with

IFRS scope

of consolidation

Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation

Ref1

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 158,231 

 0 

 

 158,231 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 15,444 

 (263) 

 

 15,181 

 

Receivables from securities financing transactions

 74,210 

 

 

 74,210 

 

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments

 32,737 

 

 

 32,737 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 379,528 

 44 

 

 379,573 

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 27,194 

 (235) 

 

 26,959 

 

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost

 687,345 

 (454) 

 

 686,890 

 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading

 125,397 

 (42) 

 

 125,355 

 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties

 47,098 

 

 

 47,098 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 159,617 

 16 

 

 159,633 

 

Brokerage receivables

 24,659 

 

 

 24,659 

 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading

 80,364 

 (20,734) 

 

 59,630 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

 390,037 

 (20,760) 

 

 369,277 

 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 8,258 

 0 

 

 8,258 

 

Investments in associates

 1,557 

 96 

 

 1,652 

 

of which: goodwill2

 414 

 

 

 414 

 4 

Property, equipment and software

 13,109 

 (43) 

 

 13,065 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 6,480 

 

 

 6,480 

 

of which: goodwill

 6,182 

 

 

 6,182 

 4 

of which: intangible assets

 298 

 

 

 298 

 5 

Deferred tax assets

 9,212 

 0 

 

 9,212 

 

of which: deferred tax assets recognized for tax loss carry-forwards

 5,393 

 

 

 5,393 

 6 

of which: deferred tax assets on temporary differences                

 3,819 

 0 

 

 3,819 

 10 

Other non-financial assets

 9,768 

 (4) 

 

 9,764 

 

of which: net defined benefit pension and other post-employment assets

 42 

 

 

 42 

 8 

Total assets

 1,125,765 

 (21,166) 

 

 1,104,599 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94 


 

 

 

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation (continued)

As of 31.12.20

Balance sheet in

accordance with

IFRS scope

of consolidation

Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation

Ref1

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 11,050 

 (26) 

 

 11,024 

 

Payables from securities financing transactions

 6,321 

 

 

 6,321 

 

Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments

 37,312 

 

 

 37,312 

 

Customer deposits

 524,605 

 31 

 

 524,636 

 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost

 139,232 

 (3) 

 

 139,230 

 

of which: amount eligible for high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 11,837 

 

 

 11,837 

 9 

of which: amount eligible for low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 2,577 

 

 

 2,577 

 9 

of which: amount eligible for low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 7,201 

 

 

 7,201 

 11 

of which: amount eligible for capital instruments subject to phase-out from tier 2 capital

 476 

 

 

 476 

 12 

Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 9,729 

 (164) 

 

 9,565 

 

Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 728,250 

 (162) 

 

 728,088 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading

 33,595 

 0 

 

 33,595 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 161,102 

 6 

 

 161,107 

 

Brokerage payables designated at fair value

 38,742 

 

 

 38,742 

 

Debt issued designated at fair value

 61,243 

 0 

 

 61,243 

 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 30,387 

 (20,991) 

 

 9,396 

 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

 325,069 

 (20,985) 

 

 304,083 

 

Provisions

 2,828 

 0 

 

 2,827 

 

Other non-financial liabilities

 9,854 

 (1) 

 

 9,853 

 

of which: amount eligible for high-trigger loss-absorbing capital (Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP))3

 1,625 

 

 

 1,625 

 9 

of which: deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill

 277 

 

 

 277 

 4 

of which: deferred tax liabilities related to other intangible assets

 2 

 

 

 2 

 5 

Total liabilities

 1,066,000 

 (21,148) 

 

 1,044,852 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 338 

 

 

 338 

 1 

Share premium

 16,753 

 

 

 16,753 

 1 

Treasury shares

 (4,068) 

 

 

 (4,068) 

 3 

Retained earnings

 38,776 

 (32) 

 

 38,743 

 2 

Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity, net of tax

 7,647 

 15 

 

 7,662 

 3 

of which: unrealized gains / (losses) from cash flow hedges

 2,321 

 

 

 2,321 

 7 

Equity attributable to shareholders

 59,445 

 (17) 

 

 59,428 

 

Equity attributable to non-controlling interests

 319 

 

 

 319 

 

Total equity

 59,765 

 (17) 

 

 59,747 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 1,125,765 

 (21,166) 

 

 1,104,599 

 

1 References link the lines of this table to the respective reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table in this section.    2 Includes goodwill from an associate that is not a banking, financial or insurance entity, amounting to USD 1 million as of 31 December 2020, which is not subject to capital deduction.    3 IFRS carrying amount of total DCCP liabilities was USD 1,858 million as of 31 December 2020. Refer to the “Compensation” section of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about the DCCP.

p

 

95 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Semi-annual | The CC1 table below and on the following pages provides the composition of capital in the format prescribed by the BCBS and FINMA, and is based on BCBS Basel III rules, unless stated otherwise. Reference is made to items reconciling to the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation as disclosed in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.


Refer to the documents titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” and “UBS Group AG consolidated capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt”, available under “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors,  for an overview of the main features of our regulatory capital instruments, as well as the full terms and conditions.

 

Semi-annual |

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital

As of 31.12.20

Amounts

References1

USD million except where indicated

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves

 

 

1

Directly issued qualifying common share (and equivalent for non-joint stock companies) capital plus related stock surplus

 17,091 

 1 

2

Retained earnings

 38,743 

 2 

3

Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)

 3,594 

 3 

4

Directly issued capital subject to phase-out from CET1 (only applicable to non-joint stock companies)

 

 

5

Common share capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group CET1)

 

 

6

Common Equity Tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments

 59,428 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

7

Prudent valuation adjustments

 (150) 

 

8

Goodwill (net of related tax liability)

 (6,319) 

 4 

9

Other intangibles other than mortgage servicing rights (net of related tax liability)

 (296) 

 5 

10

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability)2

 (5,617) 

 6 

11

Cash flow hedge reserve

 (2,321) 

 7 

12

Shortfall of provisions to expected losses

 (330) 

 

13

Securitization gain on sale

 

 

14

Gains and losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities

 336 

 

15

Defined benefit pension fund net assets

 (41) 

 8 

16

Investments in own shares (if not already subtracted from paid-in capital on reported balance sheet)

 (2,879)3

 9 

17

Reciprocal cross-holdings in common equity

 

 

17a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (CET1 instruments)

 

 

17b

Immaterial investments (CET1 items)

 

 

18

Investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued share capital (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

19

Significant investments in the common stock of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

20

Mortgage servicing rights (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

21

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability)

 (5) 

 10 

22

Amount exceeding the 15% threshold

 

 

23

of which: significant investments in the common stock of financials

 

 

24

of which: mortgage servicing rights

 

 

25

of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

 

 

26

Expected losses on equity investment under the PD / LGD approach

 

 

26a

Further adjustments to financial statements in accordance with a recognized international accounting standard

 (152) 

 

26b

Other adjustments

 (1,767)4

 

27

Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 due to insufficient Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 to cover deductions

 

 

28

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1

 (19,538) 

 

29

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

 39,890 

 

 

 

96 


 

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (continued)

As of 31.12.20

Amounts

References1

USD million except where indicated

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments

 

 

30

Directly issued qualifying additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus

 16,288 

 

31

of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards

 

 

32

of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards

 16,288 

 

33

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from additional Tier 1

 

 

34

Additional Tier 1 instruments (and CET1 instruments not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group AT1)

 

 

35

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

 

 

36

Additional Tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments

 16,288 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

37

Investments in own additional Tier 1 instruments5

 

 

38

Reciprocal cross-holdings in additional Tier 1 instruments

 

 

38a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (AT1 instruments)

 

 

38b

Immaterial investments (AT1 instruments)

 

 

39

Investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

40

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

 

 

41

Other adjustments

 

 

42

Regulatory adjustments applied to additional Tier 1 due to insufficient Tier 2 to cover deductions

 

 

42a

Regulatory adjustments applied to CET1 capital due to insufficient additional Tier 1 to cover deductions

 

 

43

Total regulatory adjustments to additional Tier 1 capital

 

 

44

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)

 16,288 

 9 

45

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

 56,178 

 

 

Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions

 

 

46

Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus

 4,5736

 11 

47

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Tier 2

 476 

 12 

48

Tier 2 instruments (and CET1 and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group Tier 2)

 

 

49

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

 

 

50

Provisions

 

 

51

Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments

 5,049 

 

 

Tier 2 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

52

Investments in own Tier 2 instruments5

 

 

53

Reciprocal cross-holdings in Tier 2 instruments and other TLAC liabilities

 

 

53a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (T2 instruments and other TLAC instruments)

 

 

53b

Immaterial investments (T2 instruments and other TLAC instruments)

 

 

54

Investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

55

Significant investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (net of eligible short positions)

 

 

56

Other adjustments

 

 

56a

Excess of the adjustments, which are allocated to the AT1 capital

 

 

57

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital

 

 

58

Tier 2 capital (T2)

 5,049 

 

59

Total regulatory capital (TC = T1 + T2)

 61,226 

 

60

Total risk-weighted assets

 289,101 

 

 

97 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (continued)

As of 31.12.20

Amounts

References1

USD million except where indicated

 

 

 

Capital ratios and buffers

 

 

61

Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 13.80 

 

62

Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 19.43 

 

63

Total capital (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 21.18 

 

64

Institution-specific buffer requirement (capital conservation buffer plus countercyclical buffer requirements plus higher loss absorbency requirement, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)7

 3.52 

 

65

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

 2.50 

 

66

of which: bank-specific countercyclical buffer requirement

 0.02 

 

67

of which: higher loss absorbency requirement 

 1.00 

 

68

Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements

 9.30 

 

 

Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)

 

 

72

Non-significant investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of other financial entities

 2,000 

 

73

Significant investments in the common stock of financial entities

 1,216 

 

74

Mortgage servicing rights (net of related tax liability)

 

 

75

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability)

 3,989 

 

 

Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2

 

 

76

Provisions eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to application of cap)

 

 

77

Cap on inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 under standardized approach

 

 

78

Provisions eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to application of cap)

 

 

79

Cap for inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 under internal ratings-based approach

 

 

 

Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2018 and 1 Jan 2022) according to CAO Art. 141

 

 

80

Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 

 

81

Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

82

Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 

 

83

Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

84

Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 1,261 

 

85

Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

1 References link the lines of this table to the respective reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.    2 IFRS netting for deferred tax assets and liabilities is reversed for items deducted from CET1 capital.    3 Includes USD 2 billion of a capital reserve for potential share repurchases.    4 Includes USD 499 million in compensation-related charge for regulatory capital purposes.    5 Under IFRS, debt issued and subsequently repurchased is treated as extinguished.    6 Consists of instruments with a IFRS carrying amount of USD 7.2 billion less amortization of instruments where remaining maturity is between one and five years, own instruments held and 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are measured at the lower of cost or market value for regulatory capital purposes.    7 BCBS requirements are exceeded by our Swiss SRB requirements. Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet“ section of our Annual Report 2020 report for more information about the Swiss SRB requirements.

p

98 


 

Prudent valuation

Annual | The PV1 table below provides a breakdown of prudent valuation adjustments to CET1 capital. These adjustments are incremental to the ones made under IFRS, which include adjustments for liquidity and model uncertainty, as well as credit, funding and debit valuation adjustments.

Instruments that are measured as part of a portfolio of combined long and short positions are valued at mid-market levels to ensure consistent valuation of the long and short component risks. A liquidity valuation adjustment is then made to the overall net long or short exposure to move the fair value to bid or offer, as appropriate, reflecting current market liquidity levels.

Uncertainties associated with the use of model-based valuations are incorporated into the measurement of fair value through the use of model reserves. These reserves reflect the amounts that the Group estimates should be deducted from valuations produced directly by models to incorporate uncertainties in the relevant modeling assumptions, in the model and market inputs used, or in the calibration of the model output to adjust for known model deficiencies.

To ensure compliance with the prudent valuation requirements, UBS has established systems, controls and governance around the valuation of positions measured at fair value.

As of 31 December 2020, the prudential valuation adjustment increased by USD 46 million compared with the prior year, primarily due to reduced liquidity in the market for auction rate securities.

    Refer to “Note 21 Fair value measurement” of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about the valuation adjustments in the financial accounts and related governance

 

 

Annual | 

PV1: Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)

 

 

 

 

As of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million

Equity

Interest rates

FX

Credit

Commodities

Total

Of which: In the trading book

Of which: In the banking book

1

Closeout uncertainty, of which:

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

2

Mid-market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Closeout cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Concentration

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

5

Early termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Model risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Operational risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Investing and funding costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Unearned credit spreads

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Future administrative costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Total adjustment

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31.12.19

1

Closeout uncertainty, of which:

(9)

(70)

0

(25)

0

(104)

(25)

(79)

2

Mid-market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Closeout cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Concentration

(9)

(70)

0

(25)

0

(104)

(25)

(79)

5

Early termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Model risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Operational risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Investing and funding costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Unearned credit spreads

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Future administrative costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Total adjustment1

(9)

(70)

0

(25)

0

(104)

(25)

(79)

1 Valuation adjustments recognized already under the financial accounting standards reflect an estimated total life-to-date loss of USD 960 million as of 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: USD 665 million), of which valuation adjustments account for an estimated life-to-date loss of USD 340 million (31 December 2019: USD 300 million) for liquidity and of USD 479 million (31 December 2019: USD 266 million) for model uncertainty. Further details are provided in “Note 21 Fair Value measurement” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2020.

p

  

99 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

Resolution group – composition of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)

Semi-annual | The TLAC1 table below is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) rules, and only applicable to UBS Group AG as the ultimate parent entity of the defined UBS resolution group, to which, in case of resolution, resolution tools (e.g., a bail-in) are expected to be applied.


In the second half of 2020, we issued a high-trigger loss absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instrument with a nominal value of USD 750 million denominated in US dollars. Non-regulatory capital instruments increased by USD 5.4 billion to USD 37.8 billion as of 31 December 2020, mainly driven by seven issuances amounting to USD 4.5 billion denominated in US dollars, euro and Australian dollars, as well as foreign currency and other effects, partly offset by the call of a TLAC-eligible instrument.

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC1: TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

30.6.201

31.12.191

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory capital elements of TLAC and adjustments

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

 

 39,890 

 38,114 

 35,535 

2

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) before TLAC adjustments 

 

 16,288 

 15,390 

 16,306 

3

AT1 ineligible as TLAC as issued out of subsidiaries to third parties

 

 

 

 

4

Other adjustments 

 

 

 

 

5

Total AT1 instruments eligible under the TLAC framework 

 

 16,288 

 15,390 

 16,306 

6

Tier 2 capital (T2) before TLAC adjustments 

 

 5,049 

 5,371 

 5,726 

7

Amortized portion of T2 instruments where remaining maturity > 1 year 

 

 2,787 

 2,327 

 1,724 

8

T2 capital ineligible as TLAC as issued out of subsidiaries to third parties

 

 

 

 

9

Other adjustments 

 

 

 

 

10

Total T2 instruments eligible under the TLAC framework 

 

 7,835 

 7,698 

 7,450 

11

TLAC arising from regulatory capital 

 

 64,013 

 61,203 

 59,291 

 

Non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC 

 

 

 

 

12

External TLAC instruments issued directly by the bank and subordinated to excluded liabilities

 

 

 

 

13

External TLAC instruments issued directly by the bank which are not subordinated to excluded liabilities but meet all other TLAC term sheet requirements

 

 37,801 

 32,423 

 30,322 

14

of which: amount eligible as TLAC after application of the caps

 

 

 

 

15

External TLAC instruments issued by funding vehicles prior to 1 January 2022

 

 

 

 

16

Eligible ex ante commitments to recapitalize a G-SIB in resolution

 

 

 

 

17

TLAC arising from non-regulatory capital instruments before adjustments

 

 37,801 

 32,423 

 30,322 

 

Non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC: adjustments

 

 

 

 

18

TLAC before deductions

 

 101,814 

 93,626 

 89,613 

19

Deductions of exposures between multiple-point-of-entry (MPE) resolution groups that correspond to items eligible for TLAC (not applicable to SPE G-SIBs)

 

 

 

 

20

Deduction of investments in own other TLAC liabilities

 

 

 

 

21

Other adjustments to TLAC 

 

 

 

 

22

TLAC after deductions

 

 101,814 

 93,626 

 89,613 

 

Risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure measure for TLAC purposes

 

 

 

 

23

Total risk-weighted assets adjusted as permitted under the TLAC regime

 

 289,101 

 286,436 

 259,208 

24

Leverage exposure measure2

 

 1,037,150 

 974,359 

 911,322 

 

TLAC ratios and buffers

 

 

 

 

25

TLAC (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets adjusted as permitted under the TLAC regime)

 

 35.22 

 32.69 

 34.57 

26

TLAC (as a percentage of leverage exposure)2

 

 9.82 

 9.61 

 9.83 

27

CET1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) available after meeting the resolution group’s minimum capital and TLAC requirements

 

 9.30 

 8.81 

 9.21 

28

Institution-specific buffer requirement (capital conservation buffer plus countercyclical buffer requirements plus higher loss absorbency requirement, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 

 3.52 

 3.52 

 3.58 

29

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

 

 2.50 

 2.50 

 2.50 

30

of which: bank-specific countercyclical buffer requirement

 

 0.02 

 0.02 

 0.08 

31

of which: higher loss absorbency requirement 

 

 1.00 

 1.00 

 1.00 

1 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    2 The leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section for more information.

p

 

 

100 


 

Resolution entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC3 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of the resolution entity, UBS Group AG, on a standalone basis.

UBS Group AG issues loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt.

UBS Group AG grants Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) awards to UBS Group employees. Awards granted since February 2015 qualify as Basel III AT1 capital on a UBS Group consolidated basis and totaled USD 1,875 million as of 31 December 2020 (30 June 2020: USD 1,858 million). The related liabilities of UBS Group AG on a standalone basis of USD 1,613 million (30 June 2020: USD 1,397 million) are not included in the table below, as these do not give rise to any current claims until the awards are legally vested.


As of 31 December 2020, the TLAC available on a UBS Group AG consolidated basis amounted to USD 101,814 million (30 June 2020: USD 93,626 million).

    Refer to “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors,  for more information

    Refer to the “TLAC1: TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)” table in this section for more information about TLAC for UBS Group AG consolidated

 

The financial statements of UBS Group AG standalone as of 31 December 2020 are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC3 – creditor ranking at legal entity level for the resolution entity, UBS Group AG

 

As of 31.12.20

 

Creditor ranking

 

Total

USD million

 

1

2

3

 

 

1

Description of creditor ranking

 

Common shares

(most junior)2

Additional Tier 1

Bail-in debt and pari passu liabilities (most senior)

 

 

2

Total capital and liabilities net of credit risk mitigation1

 

 40,000 

 14,336 

 41,295 

 

 95,631 

3

Subset of row 2 that are excluded liabilities 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total capital and liabilities less excluded liabilities (row 2 minus row 3)

 

 40,000 

 14,3363,4

 41,2956,7

 

 95,631 

5

Subset of row 4 that are potentially eligible as TLAC 

 

 40,000 

 13,843 

 36,8928

 

 90,735 

6

Subset of row 5 with 1 year ≤ residual maturity < 2 years

 

 

 

 6,502 

 

 6,502 

7

Subset of row 5 with 2 years ≤ residual maturity < 5 years

 

 

 

 16,791 

 

 16,791 

8

Subset of row 5 with 5 years ≤ residual maturity < 10 years

 

 

 

 12,353 

 

 12,353 

9

Subset of row 5 with residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities

 

 

 

 1,246 

 

 1,246 

10

Subset of row 5 that is perpetual securities

 

 40,000 

 13,8435

 

 

 53,843 

1 No credit risk mitigation is applied to capital and liabilities for UBS Group AG standalone.    2 Common shares including the associated reserves are equal to equity attributable to shareholders as disclosed in the UBS Group AG standalone financial statements as of 31 December 2020, which were prepared in accordance with the principles of the Swiss Law on Accounting and Financial Reporting (32nd title of the Swiss Code of Obligations).    3 Includes interest expense accrued on AT1 capital instruments which does not qualify as TLAC.    4 An AT1 instrument of USD 0.8 billion was issued during the six months ended 31 December 2020.    5 Includes an AT1 instrument in the amount of USD 1.5 billion, the call of which was announced on 10 February 2021 (call date 22 March 2021).    6 Includes interest expense accrued on bail-in debt, interest-bearing liabilities which comprise loans from UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG, negative replacement values as well as tax and other liabilities which are not excluded liabilities under Swiss law that rank pari-passu to bail-in debt.    7 Bail-in debt of USD 4.6 billion was issued during the six months ended 31 December 2020.    8 Bail-in debt of USD 2.9 billion has residual maturity of less than one year and is not potentially eligible as TLAC.

p

 

  

101 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Section 13  Leverage ratio

Basel III leverage ratio

Quarterly | The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) leverage ratio, as summarized in the “KM1: Key metrics“ table in section 1 of this report, is calculated by dividing the period-end tier 1 capital by the period-end leverage ratio denominator (LRD).

The LRD consists of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items. Derivative exposures are adjusted for a number of items, including replacement values and eligible cash variation margin netting, the current exposure method add-on and net notional amounts for written credit derivatives. The LRD also includes an additional charge for counterparty credit risk related to securities financing transactions (SFTs).

The “Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions” table below shows the difference between total IFRS assets per IFRS consolidation scope and the BCBS total on-balance sheet exposures. Those exposures are the starting point for calculating the BCBS LRD, as shown in the LR2 table in this section. The difference is due to the application of the regulatory scope of consolidation for the purpose of the BCBS calculation. In addition, carrying amounts for derivative financial instruments and SFTs are deducted from IFRS total assets. They are measured differently under BCBS leverage ratio rules and are therefore added back in separate exposure line items in the LR2 table.


Difference between the Swiss SRB and BCBS leverage ratio

Quarterly | The LRD is the same under Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) and BCBS rules. However, there is a difference in the capital numerator between the two frameworks. Under BCBS rules only common equity tier 1 and additional tier 1 capital are included in the numerator. Under Swiss SRB rules we are required to meet going and gone concern leverage ratio requirements. Therefore, depending on the requirement, the numerator includes tier 1 capital instruments, tier 2 capital instruments and / or total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt.

The tables presented below and on the following pages do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) on 25 March 2020 in connection with COVID-19 that applied until 1 January 2021, which permitted the exclusion of central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio calculation. The effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are presented in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report.

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the COVID-19-related temporary regulatory measures

 

 

Quarterly |

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions1

USD million

31.12.20

30.9.20

31.12.192

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

IFRS total assets

 1,125,765 

 1,065,153 

 972,194 

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

 (21,166) 

 (20,643) 

 (28,281) 

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are outside the scope of consolidation for accounting purposes but consolidated for regulatory purposes

 

 

 

Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 

 

Less carrying amount of derivative financial instruments in IFRS total assets3

 (192,370) 

 (177,222) 

 (145,141) 

Less carrying amount of securities financing transactions in IFRS total assets4

 (105,587) 

 (109,350) 

 (108,471) 

Adjustments to accounting values

 

 

 

On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions, but including collateral

 806,642 

 757,937 

 690,302 

Asset amounts deducted in determining BCBS Basel III tier 1 capital

 (12,754) 

 (12,913) 

 (13,298) 

Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions)

 793,888 

 745,024 

 677,004 

1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    3 Consists of derivative financial instruments and cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    4 Consists of receivables from securities financing transactions, margin loans, prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading related to securities financing transactions in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.   

p

 

102 


 

Quarterly | During the fourth quarter of 2020, the LRD increased by USD 43 billion to USD 1,037 billion, including currency effects of USD 24 billion. On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) increased by USD 49 billion, mainly driven by currency effects of USD 19 billion, as well as higher trading assets, Lombard loans and cash and balances at central banks. Derivative exposures decreased by USD 2 billion, mainly reflecting higher exemption on exposures to qualifying exchanges, lower potential future exposure and trade terminations. SFTs decreased by USD 3 billion due to trade roll-
offs, partly offset by higher brokerage receivables, and an increase in collateral sourcing requirements.

    Refer to “Leverage ratio denominator” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for more information

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the COVID-19-related temporary regulatory measures, and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for additional information

 

Quarterly |

LR2: BCBS Basel III leverage ratio common disclosure1

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

31.12.20

30.9.20

31.12.192

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

1

On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and SFTs, but including collateral

 806,642 

 757,937 

 690,302 

2

(Asset amounts deducted in determining Basel III tier 1 capital)

 (12,754) 

 (12,913) 

 (13,298) 

3

Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)

 793,888 

 745,024 

 677,004 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative exposures

 

 

 

4

Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (i.e., net of eligible cash variation margin)

 54,049 

 50,517 

 38,253 

5

Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions

 79,901 

 80,188 

 81,484 

6

Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the operative accounting framework

 0 

 0 

 0 

7

(Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)

 (21,420) 

 (18,536) 

 (14,700) 

8

(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures)

 (16,760) 

 (14,663) 

 (18,401) 

9

Adjusted effective notional amount of all written credit derivatives3

 85,274 

 65,998 

 66,707 

10

(Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)4

 (84,451) 

 (64,852) 

 (64,382) 

11

Total derivative exposures

 96,592 

 98,652 

 88,961 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities financing transaction exposures

 

 

 

12

Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sale accounting transactions

 198,077 

 214,300 

 200,010 

13

(Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)

 (92,490) 

 (104,950) 

 (91,539) 

14

CCR exposure for SFT assets

 9,759 

 9,431 

 8,984 

15

Agent transaction exposures

 

 

 

16

Total securities financing transaction exposures

 115,346 

 118,781 

 117,455 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

17

Off-balance sheet exposure at gross notional amount

 105,084 

 105,094 

 86,627 

18

(Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)

 (73,760) 

 (73,184) 

 (58,725) 

19

Total off-balance sheet items

 31,324 

 31,910 

 27,902 

 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,037,150 

 994,366 

 911,322 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 

 

20

Tier 1 capital

 56,178 

 54,396 

 51,842 

21

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,037,150 

 994,366 

 911,322 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio

 

 

 

22

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 5.4 

 5.5 

 5.7 

1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    3 Includes protection sold, including agency transactions.    4 Protection sold can be offset with protection bought on the same underlying reference entity, provided that the conditions according to the Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements are met.

p

 

103 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

Quarterly |

LR1: BCBS Basel III leverage ratio summary comparison1

 

 

 

USD million

31.12.20

30.9.20

31.12.192

1

Total consolidated assets as per published financial statements

 1,125,765 

 1,065,153 

 972,194 

2

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation3

 (33,919) 

 (33,557) 

 (41,579) 

3

Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 

 

4

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

 (95,778) 

 (78,571) 

 (56,179) 

5

Adjustment for securities financing transactions (i.e., repos and similar secured lending)

 9,759 

 9,431 

 8,984 

6

Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e., conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

 31,324 

 31,910 

 27,902 

7

Other adjustments

 

 

 

8

Leverage ratio exposure (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,037,150 

 994,366 

 911,322 

1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    3 Includes assets that are deducted from tier 1 capital.

p

104 


 

 

Section 14  Liquidity coverage ratio

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | We monitor the liquidity coverage ratio (the LCR) in all significant currencies in order to manage any currency mismatch between high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and the net expected cash outflows in times of stress.

 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 sub-section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

Concentration of funding sources

 

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet

 

Liabilities by product and currency

 

166

Currency mismatch in the LCR

 

Liquidity and funding management

 

Liquidity coverage ratio

 

160

 

High-quality liquid assets

Quarterly | HQLA must be easily and immediately convertible into cash at little or no loss of value, especially during a period of stress. HQLA are assets that are of low risk and are unencumbered. Other characteristics of HQLA are ease and certainty of valuation, low correlation with risky assets, listing of the assets on a developed and recognized exchange, existence of an active and sizable market for the assets, and low volatility. Our HQLA predominantly consist of assets that qualify as Level 1 in the LCR framework, including cash, central bank reserves and government bonds.

 

Quarterly |

High-quality liquid assets

 

 

Average 4Q201

 

Average 3Q201

 

Average 4Q191

USD billion

 

Level 1

weighted

liquidity

value2

Level 2

weighted

liquidity

value2

Total

weighted

liquidity

value2

 

Level 1

weighted

liquidity

value2

Level 2

weighted

liquidity

value2

Total

weighted

liquidity

value2

 

Level 1

weighted

liquidity

value2

Level 2

weighted

liquidity

value2

Total

weighted

liquidity

value2

Cash balances3

 

 133 

 

 133 

 

 133 

 

 133 

 

 100 

 

 100 

Securities (on- and off-balance sheet)

 

 63 

 18 

 81 

 

 61 

 18 

 78 

 

 52 

 14 

 66 

Total high-quality liquid assets4

 

 196 

 18 

 214 

 

 193 

 18 

 211 

 

 152 

 14 

 166 

1 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth quarter of 2020, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.    2 Calculated after the application of haircuts and, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets.    3 Includes cash and balances with central banks and other eligible balances as prescribed by FINMA.    4 Calculated in accordance with FINMA requirements.

p

 

 

105 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

LCR development during the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly |

In the fourth quarter of 2020, the UBS Group LCR decreased 2 percentage points to 152%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).


The average LCR decrease was driven by increased net cash outflows from higher customer deposit outflows, which were mostly offset by increased HQLA due to higher holdings of liquidity buffer securities.

 

Quarterly |

LIQ1: Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average 4Q201

 

Average 3Q201

 

Average 4Q191

USD billion, except where indicated

 

Unweighted value

Weighted value2

 

Unweighted value

Weighted value2

 

Unweighted value

Weighted value2

 

High-quality liquid assets

1

High-quality liquid assets

 

 218 

 214 

 

 214 

 211 

 

 169 

 166 

 

Cash outflows

2

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers

 

 296 

 33 

 

 285 

 32 

 

 243 

 28 

3

of which: stable deposits

 

 41 

 1 

 

 39 

 1 

 

 32 

 1 

4

of which: less stable deposits

 

 255 

 32 

 

 246 

 31 

 

 211 

 27 

5

Unsecured wholesale funding

 

 224 

 119 

 

 213 

 113 

 

 190 

 106 

6

of which: operational deposits (all counterparties)

 

 52 

 13 

 

 49 

 12 

 

 41 

 10 

7

of which: non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

 

 157 

 92 

 

 152 

 89 

 

 136 

 83 

8

of which: unsecured debt

 

 14 

 14 

 

 13 

 13 

 

 13 

 13 

9

Secured wholesale funding

 

 

 73 

 

 

 70 

 

 

 74 

10

Additional requirements:

 

 88 

 27 

 

 90 

 28 

 

 63 

 22 

11

of which: outflows related to derivatives and other transactions

 

 45 

 18 

 

 49 

 19 

 

 32 

 14 

12

of which: outflows related to loss of funding on debt products3

 

 0 

 0 

 

 0 

 0 

 

 1 

 1 

13

of which: committed credit and liquidity facilities

 

 43 

 9 

 

 41 

 9 

 

 31 

 7 

14

Other contractual funding obligations

 

 13 

 11 

 

 12 

 10 

 

 14 

 12 

15

Other contingent funding obligations

 

 256 

 6 

 

 264 

 7 

 

 238 

 6 

16

Total cash outflows

 

 

 269 

 

 

 261 

 

 

 248 

 

Cash inflows

17

Secured lending

 

 314 

 81 

 

 298 

 76 

 

 307 

 81 

18

Inflows from fully performing exposures

 

 71 

 33 

 

 70 

 32 

 

 65 

 29 

19

Other cash inflows

 

 15 

 15 

 

 15 

 15 

 

 13 

 13 

20

Total cash inflows

 

 400 

 128 

 

 384 

 123 

 

 385 

 123 

 

 

 

 

Average 4Q201

 

Average 3Q201

 

Average 4Q191

USD billion, except where indicated

 

 

Total adjusted value4

 

 

Total adjusted value4

 

 

Total adjusted value4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity coverage ratio

21

High-quality liquid assets

 

 

 214 

 

 

 211 

 

 

 166 

22

Net cash outflows

 

 

 141 

 

 

 137 

 

 

 124 

23

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)

 

 

 152 

 

 

 154 

 

 

 134 

1 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth quarter of 2020, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.    2 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates.    3 Includes outflows related to loss of funding on asset-backed securities, covered bonds, other structured financing instruments, asset-backed commercial papers, structured entities (conduits), securities investment vehicles and other such financing facilities.    4 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows.

p

 

106 


 

Liquidity risk management

Annual | The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures related to risks resulting from liquidity and funding activities that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

 

Annual |

LIQA – Liquidity risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2020 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2020 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity risk management including risk tolerance and target / limit setting, monitoring and reporting including policies and practices, as well as governance and governance structure

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Strategy, objectives and governance

 

158

Funding risk strategy and management: objective, diversification of funding sources, limits and targets approach

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Funding management

 

159–160

Liquidity risk management and strategy: objective, diversification of liquid assets, limits and targets approach

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity management

 

158–159

Stress testing approach and stress scenario description

 

Risk management and control

 

Stress testing

 

103–104

Contingency funding plan

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Contingency funding plan

 

159

Asset encumbrance (encumbered, unencumbered and assets that cannot be pledged as collateral);

unencumbered assets by currency, limitations on the transferability of liquidity

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Asset encumbrance

Unencumbered assets available to secure funding on a Group and / or legal entity level by currency

Trapped liquidity at Group level (High-quality liquid assets paragraph)

 

163

 

 

160

Maturity of assets and liabilities to provide a view on the balance sheet and off-balance sheet structure

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

167

p

  

107 


UBS Group AG consolidated 

 

Section 15  Remuneration

Annual | Pillar 3 disclosures on remuneration are separately provided on pages 195 and 214–258 in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

 

  

108 


 

Section 16  Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

Semi-annual | The Financial Stability Board (the FSB) has determined that UBS is a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), using an indicator-based methodology adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). Banks that qualify as G-SIBs are required to disclose 12 indicators for assessing the systemic importance of G-SIBs as defined by the BCBS. These indicators are used for the G-SIB score calculation and cover five categories: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, substitutability / financial institution infrastructure, and complexity.

Based on the published indicators, G-SIBs are subject to additional CET1 capital buffer requirements in a range from 1.0% to 3.5%. In November 2020, the FSB determined that the requirement for UBS continues to be 1.0%. As our Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) Basel III capital requirements exceed the BCBS requirements including the G-SIB buffer, we are not affected by these additional G-SIB requirements.

In July 2018, the BCBS published a revised version of its assessment methodology. This will come into effect in 2022, based on end-2021 data, with the corresponding capital buffer requirement applied as of January 2024. We do not expect these changes to increase our additional CET1 capital buffer requirement.

We provide our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2019 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2020 will be published in July 2021 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors.

 

  

109 


 

 


 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

 

Section 1  Introduction

The sections on the following pages include capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2020 for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. Capital information in this section is based on Pillar 1 capital requirements. Entities may be subject to significant additional Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.

Section 2  UBS AG standalone

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules. During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital decreased by USD 1.5 billion to USD 50.3 billion, mainly due to accruals for dividends to UBS Group AG, partly offset by operating profit. Tier 1 capital decreased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 64.7 billion, primarily driven by the aforementioned decrease in CET1 capital.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 3.4 billion to USD 305.6 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily driven by decreases in market risk and operational risk RWA, partly offset by an increase in credit risk and participation RWA. Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 7 billion to USD 595 billion, mainly driven by on-balance sheet exposures (excluding securities financing transactions (SFTs) and derivatives), partly offset by lower SFTs and derivatives.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) decreased by USD 4.5 billion, driven by a reduction of average cash balances due to an increase in business division funding requirements. Average total net cash outflows remained stable.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.20

30.9.20

 

30.6.20

 

31.3.20

 

31.12.19

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common equity tier 1 (CET1)

 

 50,269 

 51,793 

 

 51,810 

 

 48,998 

 

 49,521 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET11

 

 50,266 

 51,791 

 

 51,808 

 

 48,994 

 

 49,518 

2

Tier 1

 

 64,699 

 66,145 

 

 65,361 

 

 62,382 

 

 63,893 

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 11

 

 64,696 

 66,143 

 

 65,359 

 

 62,379 

 

 63,891 

3

Total capital

 

 69,639 

 71,020 

 

 70,612 

 

 68,130 

 

 69,576 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital1

 

 69,636 

 71,018 

 

 70,610 

 

 68,127 

 

 69,574 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 305,575 

 309,019 

 

 310,752 

 

 317,621 

 

 287,999 

4a

Minimum capital requirement2

 

 24,446 

 24,722 

 

 24,860 

 

 25,410 

 

 23,040 

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

 305,575 

 309,019 

 

 310,752 

 

 317,621 

 

 287,999 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 16.45 

 16.76 

 

 16.67 

 

 15.43 

 

 17.19 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)1

 

 16.45 

 16.76 

 

 16.67 

 

 15.43 

 

 17.19 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 21.17 

 21.40 

 

 21.03 

 

 19.64 

 

 22.19 

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1 ratio (%)1

 

 21.17 

 21.40 

 

 21.03 

 

 19.64 

 

 22.18 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 22.79 

 22.98 

 

 22.72 

 

 21.45 

 

 24.16 

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)1

 

 22.79 

 22.98 

 

 22.72 

 

 21.45 

 

 24.16 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%)

 

 2.50 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.01 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.01 

 

 0.07 

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.51 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.51 

 

 2.57 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

 11.95 

 12.26 

 

 12.17 

 

 10.93 

 

 12.69 

Basel III leverage ratio4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 595,017 

 588,204 

 

 573,741 

 

 574,692 

 

 589,127 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

 10.87 

 11.25 

 

 11.39 

 

 10.85 

 

 10.85 

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)1

 

 10.87 

 11.24 

 

 11.39 

 

 10.85 

 

 10.84 

Liquidity coverage ratio5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total HQLA

 

 83,905 

 88,424 

 

 91,877 

 

 67,963 

 

 73,805 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 52,851 

 52,463 

 

 52,209 

 

 48,320 

 

 53,960 

17

LCR (%)

 

 159 

 169 

 

 178 

 

 141 

 

 137 

1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information for UBS AG standalone are provided on the following pages in this section.    4 The temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG standalone. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to the next page in this section for more information.    5 Calculated based on quarterly average. Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio” in this section for more information.

p

112 


 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

UBS AG standalone is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis.

The capital requirements based on RWA include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 9.64% plus the effects from countercyclical buffers (CCyBs), and a total going concern capital requirement of 13.94% plus the effects from CCyBs. The capital requirements based on the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 3.375% and a total going concern leverage ratio requirement of 4.875%.

CET1 and high-trigger additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments are eligible as going concern capital. As of 30 June 2020, the two low-trigger AT1 capital instruments, amounting to USD 2.5 billion, that were on-lent from UBS Group AG to UBS AG after the new Swiss SRB framework had been implemented, qualify as going concern capital, as agreed with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

Starting from 1 January 2020, UBS AG standalone is subject to a gone concern capital requirement based on the sum of: (i) its third-party exposure on a standalone basis; (ii) a buffer requirement equal to 30% of the Group’s gone concern capital requirement on UBS AG’s consolidated exposure; and (iii) the nominal value of the gone concern instruments issued by UBS entities and held by the parent bank. A transitional period until 2024 has been granted for the buffer requirement. The gone concern capital coverage ratio reflects how much gone concern capital is available to meet the gone concern requirement. Outstanding high- and low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments, non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments and total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments are eligible to meet gone concern requirements until one year before maturity.

FINMA granted relief concerning the regulatory capital requirements of UBS AG on a standalone basis by means of decrees issued on 20 December 2013 and 20 October 2017, the latter effective as of 1 July 2017 and partly replacing the former.  

For direct and indirect investments, including holding of regulatory capital instruments of UBS AG in subsidiaries that are active in banking and finance, the FINMA decree introduced a risk-weighting approach, with a phase-in period until 1 January 2028. Starting from 1 July 2017, these investments were risk- weighted at 200%. From 1 January 2019 onward, the risk weights are being gradually raised by 5 percentage points per year for Switzerland-domiciled investments and by 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments until the fully applied risk weights are 250% and 400%, respectively.

In connection with COVID-19, FINMA has permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the LRD for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduce the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution. This exemption had no net effect on UBS AG standalone as of 31 December 2020.

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the revised gone concern requirements and the COVID-19-related temporary regulatory measures

 

 

113 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

The tables below and on the next page provide details of the Swiss systematically relevant bank (SRB) RWA- and LRD-based going and gone concern requirements and information as required by FINMA; details on eligible gone concern instruments are provided on the next page.

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.20

 

RWA, phase-in

 

RWA, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

LRD1

USD million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 13.952

 42,638 

 

 13.952

 52,926 

 

 4.882

 29,007 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 9.65 

 29,499 

 

 9.65 

 36,616 

 

 3.38 

 20,082 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 13,751 

 

 4.50 

 17,069 

 

 1.50 

 8,925 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.14 

 15,707 

 

 5.14 

 19,496 

 

 1.88 

 11,157 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.01 

 41 

 

 0.01 

 51 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 13,140 

 

 4.30 

 16,310 

 

 1.50 

 8,925 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 10,695 

 

 3.50 

 13,276 

 

 1.50 

 8,925 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 2,445 

 

 0.80 

 3,034 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 21.17 

 64,699 

 

 17.06 

 64,699 

 

 10.87 

 64,699 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 16.45 

 50,269 

 

 13.25 

 50,269 

 

 8.45 

 50,269 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.72 

 14,430 

 

 3.80 

 14,430 

 

 2.43 

 14,430 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.88 

 11,854 

 

 3.13 

 11,854 

 

 1.99 

 11,854 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 0.84 

 2,575 

 

 0.68 

 2,575 

 

 0.43 

 2,575 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 305,575 

 

 

 379,307 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 595,017 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital3

 

Higher of RWA- or LRD-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing requirement

 

 

 33,547 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 45,520 

 

 

 

 

 

Gone concern coverage capital ratio

 

 135.69 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information.    2 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 From 1 January 2020 onward, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.

p

 

114 


 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

USD million, except where indicated

 

31.12.201

 

30.9.20

31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 64,699 

 

 66,145 

 61,479 

Total tier 1 capital

 

 64,699 

 

 66,145 

 61,479 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 50,269 

 

 51,793 

 49,521 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 14,430 

 

 14,352 

 11,958 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 11,854 

 

 11,816 

 11,958 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 2,575 

 

 2,536 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 45,520 

 

 43,236 

 

Total tier 2 capital

 

 7,719 

 

 7,649 

 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 

 7,184 

 

 7,120 

 

of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital

 

 535 

 

 529 

 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 37,801 

 

 35,587 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 110,219 

 

 109,381 

 61,479 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets, phase-in

 

 305,575 

 

 309,019 

 287,999 

of which: direct and indirect investments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 38,370 

 

 36,047 

 34,418 

of which: direct and indirect investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 99,635 

 

 106,200 

 96,307 

Risk-weighted assets, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 379,307 

 

 386,685 

 374,351 

of which: direct and indirect investments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 45,678 

 

 42,914 

 41,973 

of which: direct and indirect investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 166,058 

 

 177,000 

 175,104 

Leverage ratio denominator2

 

 595,017 

 

 588,204 

 589,127 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern capital ratio, phase-in

 

 21.2 

 

 21.4 

 23.1 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio, phase-in

 

 16.5 

 

 16.8 

 17.2 

Going concern capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 17.1 

 

 17.1 

 16.4 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 13.3 

 

 13.4 

 13.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratios (%)2

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern leverage ratio, phase-in

 

 

 

 

 11.3 

Going concern leverage ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.20

 

 10.9 

 

 11.2 

 10.4 

of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.20

 

 8.4 

 

 8.8 

 8.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gone concern capital coverage ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Gone concern capital coverage ratio

 

 135.7 

 

 132.0 

 

1 Carrying amounts for direct and indirect investments including holding of regulatory capital instruments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries (31 December 2020: USD 18,271 million; 30 September 2020: USD 17,165 million; 31 December 2019: USD 16,789 million) and for direct and indirect investments including holding of regulatory capital instruments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries (31 December 2020: USD 41,515 million; 30 September 2020: USD 44,250 million; 31 December 2019: USD 43,776 million) are risk-weighted at 210% and 240%, respectively, for the current year (31 December 2019: 205% and 220%, respectively).    2 Leverage ratio denominators (LRDs) and leverage ratios in this table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are presented under “Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information” in this section.   

p

 

115 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator1

 

 

 

 

USD billion

 

31.12.20

30.9.20

31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

Swiss GAAP total assets

 

 509.0 

 499.8 

 478.9 

Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets

 

 160.0 

 145.6 

 122.3 

Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2

 

 (271.8) 

 (265.7) 

 (220.4) 

Less: funding provided to significant regulated subsidiaries eligible as gone concern capital

 

 (20.2) 

 (19.5) 

 

On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs)

 

 377.0 

 360.2 

 380.8 

Derivative exposures

 

 98.2 

 101.4 

 94.8 

Securities financing transactions

 

 99.4 

 104.8 

 92.6 

Off-balance sheet items

 

 21.6 

 22.7 

 21.7 

Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital

 

 (1.2) 

 (0.9) 

 (0.8) 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 595.0 

 588.2 

 589.1 

1 The temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG standalone.    2 Consists of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from securities financing transactions, and margin loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to securities financing transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this table.

 

p

 

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2020, the UBS AG liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 159%, remaining above the prudential requirements communicated by FINMA.

 

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

Weighted value1

USD billion, except where indicated

 

Average 4Q202

Average 4Q192

High-quality liquid assets

 

 84 

 74 

Total net cash outflows

 

 53 

 54 

of which: cash outflows

 

 166 

 160 

of which: cash inflows

 

 113 

 106 

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)

 

 159 

 137 

1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows.    2 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.

p

  

116 


 

Section 3  UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by CHF 0.2 billion, mainly as a result of operating profit, partly offset by additional accruals for dividends. Tier 1 capital increased by CHF 0.7 billion, reflecting a new issuance of CHF 500 million of an additional tier 1 capital instrument and the aforementioned increase in the CET1 capital. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) remained largely stable at CHF 107.3 billion. Leverage ratio exposure increased by CHF 8 billion, mainly driven by on-balance sheet exposures excluding securities financing transactions and derivatives.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) increased by CHF 4.7 billion, driven by greater average cash balances. Average total net cash outflows increased by CHF 2.1 billion, due to increased net cash outflows in average customer deposit outflows.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHF million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

30.9.20

 

30.6.20

 

31.3.20

 

31.12.19

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common equity tier 1 (CET1)

 

 12,234 

 

 11,992 

 

 11,776 

 

 11,427 

 

 10,895 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET11

 

 12,233 

 

 11,989 

 

 11,774 

 

 11,422 

 

 10,890 

2

Tier 1

 

 17,410 

 

 16,683 

 

 16,479 

 

 16,137 

 

 15,606 

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 11

 

 17,409 

 

 16,680 

 

 16,476 

 

 16,132 

 

 15,601 

3

Total capital

 

 17,410 

 

 16,683 

 

 16,479 

 

 16,137 

 

 15,606 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital1

 

 17,409 

 

 16,680 

 

 16,476 

 

 16,132 

 

 15,601 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 107,253 

 

 107,066 

 

 105,304 

 

 104,489 

 

 99,667 

4a

Minimum capital requirement2

 

 8,580 

 

 8,565 

 

 8,424 

 

 8,359 

 

 7,973 

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

 92,164 

 

 92,755 

 

 92,740 

 

 92,981 

 

 89,234 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 11.41 

 

 11.20 

 

 11.18 

 

 10.94 

 

 10.93 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)1

 

 11.41 

 

 11.20 

 

 11.18 

 

 10.93 

 

 10.93 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 16.23 

 

 15.58 

 

 15.65 

 

 15.44 

 

 15.66 

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1 ratio (%)1

 

 16.23 

 

 15.58 

 

 15.65 

 

 15.44 

 

 15.65 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 16.23 

 

 15.58 

 

 15.65 

 

 15.44 

 

 15.66 

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)1

 

 16.23 

 

 15.58 

 

 15.65 

 

 15.44 

 

 15.65 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%)

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.01 

 

 0.01 

 

 0.01 

 

 0.01 

 

 0.01 

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 0.57 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.51 

 

 2.51 

 

 2.51 

 

 2.51 

 

 2.51 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

 6.91 

 

 6.70 

 

 6.68 

 

 6.44 

 

 6.43 

Basel III leverage ratio4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 335,251 

 

 327,113 

 

 323,068 

 

 317,071 

 

 302,304 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

 5.19 

 

 5.10 

 

 5.10 

 

 5.09 

 

 5.16 

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)1

 

 5.19 

 

 5.10 

 

 5.10 

 

 5.09 

 

 5.16 

Liquidity coverage ratio5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total HQLA

 

 91,909 

 

 87,254 

 

 85,180 

 

 74,602 

 

 67,105 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 62,074 

 

 59,930 

 

 61,847 

 

 53,059 

 

 51,561 

17

LCR (%)

 

 148 

 

 146 

 

 138 

 

 141 

 

 130 

1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information for UBS Switzerland AG are provided on the next page.    4 Leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for the respective periods in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in this section for more information.    5 Calculated based on quarterly average. Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio” in this section for more information.

p

 

117 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

Quarterly | UBS Switzerland AG is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis. As of 31 December 2020, the going concern capital and leverage ratio requirements for UBS Switzerland AG standalone were 13.95%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.01%, and 4.875%, respectively. The gone concern requirements were 8.64% for the RWA-based requirement and 3.02% for the leverage ratio denominator (LRD)-based requirement. 

The Swiss SRB framework and requirements applicable to UBS Switzerland AG standalone are the same as those applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, with the exception of a lower gone concern requirement effective from 1 January 2020, corresponding to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before applicable reductions).

 


In connection with COVID-19, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) has permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the LRD for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduce the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution, except where dividends are paid to a regulated Swiss parent company or to an unregulated Swiss parent company that in turn pays no dividend. UBS Switzerland AG was eligible to reduce its LRD by USD 80 billion to USD 255 billion as of 31 December 2020.

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about loss-absorbing capacity, leverage ratio requirements and gone concern rebate

    Refer to “Additional information” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about the joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.20

 

RWA

 

LRD1

CHF million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 13.952

 14,961 

 

 4.882

 16,343 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 9.65 

 10,349 

 

 3.38 

 11,315 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 4,826 

 

 1.50 

 5,029 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.14 

 5,513 

 

 1.88 

 6,286 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.01 

 9 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 4,612 

 

 1.50 

 5,029 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 3,754 

 

 1.50 

 5,029 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 858 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 16.23 

 17,410 

 

 5.19 

 17,410 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 11.41 

 12,234 

 

 3.65 

 12,234 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.83 

 5,176 

 

 1.54 

 5,176 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.83 

 5,176 

 

 1.54 

 5,176 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 8.64 

 9,270 

 

 3.02 

 10,133 

of which: base requirement

 

 7.97 

 8,551 

 

 2.79 

 9,354 

of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD

 

 0.67 

 718 

 

 0.23 

 779 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 10.09 

 10,824 

 

 3.23 

 10,824 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 10.09 

 10,824 

 

 3.23 

 10,824 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 22.59 

 24,230 

 

 7.90 

 26,476 

Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 26.32 

 28,234 

 

 8.42 

 28,234 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 107,253 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 335,251 

1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are presented on the next page.    2 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 From 1 January 2020 onward, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.

p

 

 

118 


 

Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits

The table below summarizes the effects of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption on our Swiss SRB going concern capital requirements and information. The FINMA exemption rules that applied until 1 January 2021 had no effect on our Swiss SRB gone concern capital requirements and ratios.


The LRD is the same under Swiss SRB and BCBS rules, therefore the LRD after the aforementioned temporary FINMA exemption under BCBS rules is identical to the Swiss SRB number presented in the table below. The BCBS Basel III leverage ratio was 6.83% after considering the temporary FINMA exemption.

  

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information including temporary FINMA exemption

As of 31.12.20

 

LRD

CHF million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator before temporary exemption

 

 

 335,251 

Effective relief

 

 

 (80,494) 

of which: central bank sight deposits eligible for relief

 

 

 (80,494) 

Leverage ratio denominator after temporary exemption

 

 

 254,757 

 

 

 

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 4.88 

 12,419 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 3.38 

 8,598 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 6.83 

 17,410 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 4.80 

 12,234 

p

 

119 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Swiss SRB loss-absorbing capacity

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

CHF million, except where indicated

 

31.12.20

 

30.9.20

31.12.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 17,410 

 

 16,683 

 15,606 

Total tier 1 capital

 

 17,410 

 

 16,683 

 15,606 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 12,234 

 

 11,992 

 10,895 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5,176 

 

 4,692 

 4,711 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5,176 

 

 4,692 

 4,711 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 10,824 

 

 10,863 

 10,915 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 10,824 

 

 10,863 

 10,915 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 28,234 

 

 27,547 

 26,521 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 107,253 

 

 107,066 

 99,667 

Leverage ratio denominator1

 

 335,251 

 

 327,113 

 302,304 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern capital ratio

 

 16.2 

 

 15.6 

 15.7 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio

 

 11.4 

 

 11.2 

 10.9 

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio

 

 10.1 

 

 10.1 

 11.0 

Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio

 

 26.3 

 

 25.7 

 26.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratios (%)1

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern leverage ratio

 

 5.2 

 

 5.1 

 5.2 

of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 3.6 

 

 3.7 

 3.6 

Gone concern leverage ratio

 

 3.2 

 

 3.3 

 3.6 

Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio

 

 8.4 

 

 8.4 

 8.8 

1 Leverage ratio denominators (LRDs) and leverage ratios in this table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are presented in the preceding table.

p

 

 

120 


 

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator1

 

 

 

 

CHF billion

 

31.12.20

30.9.20

31.12.19

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

Swiss GAAP total assets

 

 316.8 

 307.9 

 285.0 

Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets

 

 4.5 

 4.3 

 3.6 

Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2

 

 (10.6) 

 (9.5) 

 (17.3) 

On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs)

 

 310.7 

 302.8 

 271.3 

Derivative exposures

 

 5.7 

 6.2 

 4.4 

Securities financing transactions

 

 3.8 

 3.0 

 12.7 

Off-balance sheet items

 

 15.2 

 15.3 

 14.2 

Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital

 

 (0.2) 

 (0.2) 

 (0.3) 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 335.3 

 327.1 

 302.3 

1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in this section for more information.    2 Consists of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from securities financing transactions, and margin loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to securities financing transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation, which are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this table.

p

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2020, the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of UBS Switzerland AG, which is a Swiss SRB, was 148%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by FINMA in connection with the Swiss Emergency Plan.

 

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted value1

CHF billion, except where indicated

 

Average 4Q202

Average 4Q192

High-quality liquid assets

 

 92 

 67 

Total net cash outflows

 

 62 

 52 

of which: cash outflows

 

 89 

 84 

of which: cash inflows

 

 27 

 33 

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)

 

 148 

 130 

1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows.    2 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.

p

  

121 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Capital instruments

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features

 

 

 

 

Presented according to issuance date.

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

1

Issuer

 

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

 

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

1a

Instrument number

 

1

 

 2 

 3 

 4 

5

6

7

8

2

Unique identifier (e.g., CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement)

 

 

3

Governing law(s) of the instrument

 

Swiss

 

Swiss

3a

Means by which enforceability requirement of Section 13 of the TLAC Term Sheet is achieved (for other TLAC-eligible instruments governed by foreign law)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Regulatory treatment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Transitional Basel III rules1

 

CET1 – Going concern capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

5

Post-transitional Basel III rules2

 

CET1 – Going concern capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

6

Eligible at solo / group / group and solo

 

UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone

 

UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone

7

Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

 

Ordinary shares

 

Loan3

8

Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in millions, as of most recent reporting date)1

 

CHF 10.0

 

CHF 1,500

CHF 500

CHF 1,000

CHF 825

USD 425

CHF 475

CHF 500

9

Par value of instrument

 

CHF 10.0

 

CHF 1,500

CHF 500

CHF 1,000

CHF 825

USD 425

CHF 475

CHF 500

10

Accounting classification4

 

Equity attributable to UBS Switzerland AG shareholders

 

Due to banks held at amortized cost

11

Original date of issuance

 

 

1 April 2015

11 March 2016

18 December 2017

12 December 2018

12 December 2018

11 December 2019

29 October 2020

12

Perpetual or dated

 

 

Perpetual

13

Original maturity date

 

 

14

Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval

 

 

Yes

15

Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount

 

 

First optional repayment date:

1 April 2020

First optional repayment date:

11 March 2021

First optional repayment date:

18 December 2022

First optional repayment date:

12 December 2023

First optional repayment date:

12 December 2023

First optional repayment date:

11 December 2024

First optional repayment date:

29 October 2025

 

Repayable at any time after the first optional repayment date.

Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount: principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon

16

Subsequent call dates, if applicable

 

 

Early repayment possible due to a tax or regulatory event. Repayment due to tax event subject to FINMA approval.

Repayment amount: principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest

p

122 


 

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Coupons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Fixed or floating dividend / coupon

 

 

Floating

18

Coupon rate and any related index

 

 

6-month CHF LIBOR

+ 370 bps

per annum

semi-annually

3-month CHF LIBOR

+ 459 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month CHF LIBOR

+ 250 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month CHF LIBOR

+ 489 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month USD LIBOR

+ 547 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month CHF LIBOR

+ 433 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month CHF SARON

+ 397 bps

per annum quarterly

19

Existence of a dividend stopper

 

 

No

20

Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory

 

Fully discretionary

 

Fully discretionary

21

Existence of step-up or other incentive to redeem

 

 

No

22

Non-cumulative or cumulative

 

Non-cumulative

 

Non-cumulative

23

Convertible or non-convertible

 

 

Non-convertible

24

If convertible, conversion trigger(s)

 

 

25

If convertible, fully or partially

 

 

26

If convertible, conversion rate

 

 

27

If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

 

 

28

If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into

 

 

29

If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into

 

 

30

Write-down feature

 

 

Yes

31

If write-down, write-down trigger(s)

 

 

Trigger: CET1 ratio is less than 7%

 

 

FINMA determines a write-down necessary to ensure UBS Switzerland AG’s viability; or UBS Switzerland AG receives a commitment of governmental support that FINMA determines necessary to ensure UBS Switzerland AG‘s viability.

Subject to applicable conditions

32

If write-down, fully or partially

 

 

Fully 

33

If write-down, permanent or temporary

 

 

Permanent

34

If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

 

 

34a

Type of subordination

 

Statutory

 

Contractual

35

Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately

senior to instrument in the insolvency creditor hierarchy of the legal entity concerned)

 

Unless otherwise stated in the articles of association, once debts are paid back, the assets of the liquidated company are divided between the shareholders pro rata based on their contributions and considering the preferences attached to certain categories of shares (Art. 745, Swiss Code of Obligations)

 

Subject to any obligations that are mandatorily preferred by law, all obligations of UBS Switzerland AG that are unsubordinated or that are subordinated and do not rank junior, such as all classes of share capital, or at par, such as tier 1 instruments

36

Non-compliant transitioned features

 

 

37

If yes, specify non-compliant features

 

 

1 Based on Swiss SRB (including transitional arrangement) requirements.    2 Based on Swiss SRB requirements applicable as of 1 January 2020.    3 Loans granted by UBS AG, Switzerland.    4 As applied in UBS Switzerland AG‘s financial statements under Swiss GAAP.

p

123 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Section 4  UBS Europe SE consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components, capital ratios, leverage ratio and liquidity of UBS Europe SE consolidated based on the Pillar 1 requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital and risk-weighted assets (RWA) remained stable. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by EUR 2.0 billion to EUR 41.4 billion, mainly reflecting a decrease in high-quality liquid asset (HQLA)-eligible bonds, securities financing transactions and other cash balances, partially offset by an increase in cash held at central banks.


The average liquidity coverage ratio increased by 7%, with a EUR 0.8 billion increase in high-quality liquid assets, primarily due to expectation of potential liquidity volatility around year-end.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2,3

 

 

 

EUR million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

30.9.20

30.6.204

31.3.204

31.12.194

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common equity tier 1 (CET1)

 

 3,703 

 3,728 

 3,736 

 3,603 

 3,691 

2

Tier 1

 

 3,993 

 4,018 

 4,026 

 3,893 

 3,981 

3

Total capital

 

 3,993 

 4,018 

 4,026 

 3,893 

 3,981 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 13,175 

 13,285 

 13,559 

 15,154 

 15,146 

4a

Minimum capital requirement5

 

 1,054 

 1,063 

 1,085 

 1,212 

 1,212 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 28.1 

 28.1 

 27.6 

 23.8 

 24.4 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 30.3 

 30.2 

 29.7 

 25.7 

 26.3 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 30.3 

 30.2 

 29.7 

 25.7 

 26.3 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%)

 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 0.3 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.6 

 2.8 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)6

 

 22.3 

 22.2 

 21.7 

 17.7 

 18.3 

Basel III leverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 41,376 

 43,371 

 42,172 

 49,004 

 41,924 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)7

 

 9.7 

 9.3 

 9.6 

 7.9 

 9.5 

Liquidity coverage ratio8

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total HQLA

 

 17,074 

 16,257 

 15,540 

 14,839 

 14,393 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 11,334 

 11,276 

 11,062 

 10,457 

 9,976 

17

LCR (%)

 

 151 

 144 

 141 

 142 

 147 

1 Based on applicable EU Basel III rules.    2 As a result of the cross-border merger of UBS Limited into UBS Europe SE effective 1 March 2019, UBS Europe SE became a significant regulated subsidiary of UBS Group AG. The size, scope and business model of the merged entity is now materially different.    3 There is no local disclosure requirement for the net stable funding ratio as at 31 December 2020.    4 Comparative figures have been restated to align with the UBS Europe SE Pillar 3 report and other regulatory reports as submitted to the European Central Bank (the ECB), which reflect the ECB’s recommendation to EU financial institutions to refrain from making capital distributions until the ECB changes its guidance on dividend payments.    5 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    6 This represents the CET1 ratio that is available for meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5% and after considering, where applicable, CET1 capital that has been used to meet tier 1 and / or total capital ratio requirements under Pillar 1.    7 On the basis of tier 1 capital.    8 Figures as of 31 December 2020, 30 September 2020, 30 June 2020 and 31 March 2020 are based on a twelve-month average. Comparative figures as of 31 December 2019 are based on a ten-month average rather than a twelve-month average, as data produced on the same basis is only available for the period since the cross-border merger.

 

p

  

124 


 

Section 5  UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components and capital ratios, as well as the leverage ratio, of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, based on the Pillar 1 requirements and in accordance with US Basel III rules.

Effective 1 October 2020, UBS Americas Holding LLC is subject to a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 6.7%, in addition to the minimum capital requirements. The SCB was determined by the Federal Reserve Board following the completion of the annual Dodd–Frank Act Stress Testing (DFAST) and the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (and based on DFAST results and planned future dividends). The SCB, which replaces the static capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, is subject to change on an annual basis or as otherwise determined by the Federal Reserve Board.


During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) remained stable. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 63.9 billion, mainly driven by a decrease in credit risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure, calculated on an average basis, increased by USD 6.6 billion to USD 154.6 billion. The increase was due to a USD 6.1 billion increase in average assets, resulting from increases in cash held at Federal Reserve Banks and lending exposure, and a USD 0.4 billion decrease in tier 1 capital deductions due to a net decrease in deferred tax assets.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.203

 

30.9.203

 

30.6.203,4

 

31.3.204

 

31.12.194

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common equity tier 1 (CET1)

 

 14,384 

 

 13,840 

 

 13,535 

 

 11,932 

 

 11,896 

2

Tier 1

 

 17,431 

 

 16,883 

 

 16,578 

 

 14,980 

 

 14,944 

3

Total capital

 

 18,166 

 

 17,626 

 

 17,344 

 

 15,735 

 

 15,658 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 63,929 

 

 65,084 

 

 64,351 

 

 53,812 

 

 54,057 

4a

Minimum capital requirement5

 

 5,114 

 

 5,207 

 

 5,148 

 

 4,305 

 

 4,325 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Common equity tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 22.5 

 

 21.3 

 

 21.0 

 

 22.2 

 

 22.0 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 27.3 

 

 25.9 

 

 25.8 

 

 27.8 

 

 27.6 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 28.4 

 

 27.1 

 

 27.0 

 

 29.2 

 

 29.0 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

8a

Stress capital buffer requirement (%) 

 

 6.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

11a

Total bank specific capital requirements (%)

 

 6.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)6

 

 18.0 

 

 16.8 

 

 16.5 

 

 17.7 

 

 17.5 

Basel III leverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 154,609 

 

 148,038 

 

 146,652 

 

 135,534 

 

 127,290 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)7

 

 11.3 

 

 11.4 

 

 11.3 

 

 11.1 

 

 11.7 

14a

Total Basel III supplementary leverage ratio exposure measure8

 

 150,019 

 

 150,609 

 

 147,683 

 

 

 

 

14b

Basel III supplementary leverage ratio (%)7,8

 

 11.6 

 

 11.2 

 

 11.2 

 

 

 

 

1 The adoption of ASU 2019-12 in the second quarter of 2020 resulted in a retrospective removal of cumulative tax expense and related balances pertaining to UBS Americas Holding LLC within the IHC tax group  for financial reporting purposes. For the purpose of regulatory reporting, this accounting change has been applied prospectively and the corresponding comparative regulatory key figures have not been restated.    2 There is no local disclosure requirement for liquidity coverage ratio or net stable funding ratio for UBS Americas Holding LLC.    3 UBS Americas Holding LLC, as a designated category III bank, has been subject to a simplification of regulatory capital rules since 1 April 2020. The revisions simplify the framework for regulatory capital deductions and increase risk weights for certain assets, impacting the CET1 ratio by 0.3% as of 31 December 2020, 30 September 2020 and 30 June 2020.    4 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.    5 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    6 This represents the CET1 ratio that is available for meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5%.    7 On the basis of tier 1 capital.    8 UBS Americas Holding LLC, as a designated category III bank, has been subject to supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) reporting since 1 April 2020. US Regulatory authorities have temporarily eased the requirements for the SLR, allowing for the exclusion of US Treasury securities and deposits at the Federal Reserve Banks from the SLR denominator through March 2021. This exclusion resulted in an increase in the SLR of 170 bps on 31 December 2020, 136 bps on 30 September 2020 and 135 bps on 30 June 2020.

p

 

125 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups  

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC2 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of UBS Americas Holding LLC on a standalone basis.

As of 31 December 2020, UBS Americas Holding LLC had a total loss-absorbing capacity of USD 23,031 million after regulatory capital deductions and adjustments. This amount included Tier 1 capital of USD 17,431 million and USD 5,600 million of internal long-term debt which is eligible as internal TLAC issued to UBS AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the UBS Group AG resolution entity.

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC2 – Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level 

As of 31.12.20

 

Creditor ranking

 

Total

USD million

 

1

2

3

4

 

 

1

Is the resolution entity the creditor / investor?

 

No

No

No

No

 

 

2

Description of creditor ranking

 

Common Equity (most junior)1

Preferred Shares (Additional tier 1)

Subordinated debt

Unsecured loans and other pari passu liabilities (most senior)

 

 

3

Total capital and liabilities net of credit risk mitigation

 

 25,133 

 3,150 

 600 

 24,286 

 

 53,169 

4

Subset of row 3 that are excluded liabilities

 

 

 

 

 558 

 

 558 

5

Total capital and liabilities less excluded liabilities (row 3 minus row 4)

 

 25,133 

 3,150 

 600 

 23,728 

 

 52,611 

6

Subset of row 5 that are eligible as TLAC

 

 25,133 

 3,150 

 

 5,600 

 

 33,883 

7

Subset of row 6 with 1 year ≤ residual maturity < 2 years

 

 

 

 

 0 

 

 

8

Subset of row 6 with 2 years ≤ residual maturity < 5 years

 

 

 

 

 4,400 

 

 4,400 

9

Subset of row 6 with 5 years ≤ residual maturity < 10 years

 

 

 

 

 1,200 

 

 1,200 

10

Subset of row 6 with residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluded perpetual securities

 

 

 

 

 0 

 

 

11

Subset of row 6 that is perpetual securities

 

 25,133 

 3,150 

 

 

 

 28,283 

1 Equity attributable to shareholders, which includes share premium and reserves.

p

126 


 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports

 

A

ABS                 asset-backed securities

AGM               Annual General Meeting of shareholders

A-IRB              advanced internal
ratings-based

AIV                  alternative investment vehicle

ALCO              Asset and Liability Committee

AMA               advanced measurement approach

AML                anti-money laundering

AoA                Articles of Association

APM                alternative performance measure

ARR                 alternative reference rate

ARS                 auction rate securities

ASF                 available stable funding

AT1                 additional tier 1

AuM               assets under management

 

B

BCBS               Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision

BIS                   Bank for International Settlements

BoD                 Board of Directors

 

C

CAO                Capital Adequacy Ordinance

CCAR              Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCF                 credit conversion factor

CCP                 central counterparty

CCR                counterparty credit risk

CCRC              Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee

CCyB               countercyclical buffer

 

 


CDO                collateralized debt
obligation

CDS                 credit default swap

CEA                 Commodity Exchange Act

CEM                current exposure method

CEO                Chief Executive Officer

CET1               common equity tier 1

CFO                 Chief Financial Officer

CFTC               US Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CGU                cash-generating unit

CHF                 Swiss franc

CIC                  Corporate & Institutional Clients

CIO                 Chief Investment Office

CLS                 Continuous Linked Settlement

CMBS             commercial mortgage-backed security

C&ORC           Compliance & Operational Risk Control

CRD IV            EU Capital Requirements Directive of 2013

CRM               credit risk mitigation (credit risk) or comprehensive risk measure (market risk)

CST                 combined stress test

CVA                credit valuation adjustment

 

D

DBO                defined benefit obligation

DCCP              Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

DJSI                 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices

DM                  discount margin

DOJ                 US Department of Justice

DTA                 deferred tax asset

DVA                debit valuation adjustment

 


E

EAD                 exposure at default

EB                    Executive Board

EBA                 European Banking Authority

EC                   European Commission

ECB                 European Central Bank

ECL                  expected credit loss

EGM               Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders

EIR                   effective interest rate

EL                    expected loss

EMEA              Europe, Middle East and Africa

EOP                 Equity Ownership Plan

EPE                  expected positive exposure

EPS                  earnings per share

ESG                 environmental, social and governance

ETD                 exchange-traded derivatives

ETF                  exchange-traded fund

EU                   European Union

EUR                 euro

EURIBOR        Euro Interbank Offered Rate

ESR                  environmental and social risk

EVE                  economic value of equity

EY                    Ernst & Young Ltd

 

F

FA                    financial advisor

FCA                 UK Financial Conduct
Authority

FCT                  foreign currency translation

FINMA            Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority

FMIA               Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act

 

 


 

 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

 

FSB                  Financial Stability Board

FTA                  Swiss Federal Tax Administration

FVA                 funding valuation adjustment

FVOCI             fair value through other comprehensive income

FVTPL              fair value through profit or loss

FX                    foreign exchange

 

G

GAAP              generally accepted
accounting principles

GCRG             Group Compliance, Regulatory & Governance

GBP                 pound sterling

GDP                gross domestic product

GEB                 Group Executive Board

GHG               greenhouse gas

GIA                 Group Internal Audit

GMD               Group Managing Director

GRI                  Global Reporting Initiative

GSE                 government sponsored entities

G-SIB              global systemically important bank

 

H

HQLA              high-quality liquid assets

HR                   human resources

 

I

IAS                  International Accounting Standards

IASB                International Accounting Standards Board

IBOR                interbank offered rate

IFRIC               International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee


IFRS                 International Financial Reporting Standards

IHC                  intermediate holding company

IMA                 internal models approach

IMM                internal model method

IRB                  internal ratings-based

IRC                  incremental risk charge

IRRBB              interest rate risk in the banking book

ISDA                International Swaps and Derivatives Association

 

K

KRT                 Key Risk Taker

 

L

LAS                  liquidity-adjusted stress

LCR                 liquidity coverage ratio

LGD                 loss given default

LIBOR              London Interbank Offered Rate

LLC                  limited liability company

LoD                 lines of defense

LRD                 leverage ratio denominator

LTIP                 Long-Term Incentive Plan

LTV                  loan-to-value

 

M

M&A               mergers and acquisitions

MiFID II           Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II

MRT                Material Risk Taker

 

N

NAV                net asset value

NII                   net interest income

NSFR               net stable funding ratio

NYSE               New York Stock Exchange

 


O

OCA                own credit adjustment

OCI                 other comprehensive income

ORF                 operational risk framework

OTC                over-the-counter

 

P

PD                   probability of default   

PIT                   point in time

P&L                  profit or loss

POCI               purchased or originated credit-impaired

PRA                 UK Prudential Regulation Authority

PRV                 positive replacement value

 

R

RBA                 role-based allowance

RBC                 risk-based capital

RbM                risk-based monitoring

REIT                 real estate investment trust

RMBS              residential mortgage-backed securities

RniV                risks not in VaR

RoAE               return on attributed equity

RoCET1           return on CET1 capital

RoTE               return on tangible equity

RoU                 right-of-use

rTSR                relative total shareholder return

RV                   replacement value

RW                  risk weight

RWA               risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

 


 

 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

 

S

SA                   standardized approach

SA-CCR          standardized approach for counterparty credit risk

SAR                 stock appreciation right or Special Administrative Region

SBC                 Swiss Bank Corporation

SDG                Sustainable Development Goal

SE                    structured entity

SEC                 US Securities and Exchange Commission

SEEOP             Senior Executive Equity Ownership Plan

SFT                  securities financing transaction


SI                     sustainable investing or

                        sustainable investments

SICR                significant increase in credit risk

SIX                   SIX Swiss Exchange

SME                small and medium-sized entities

SMF                 Senior Management Function

SNB                 Swiss National Bank

SPPI                 solely payments of principal and interest

SRB                 systemically relevant bank

SRM                specific risk measure

SVaR               stressed value-at-risk

 


T

TBTF                too big to fail

TCFD               Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

TLAC               total loss-absorbing capacity

 

U

UoM               units of measure

USD                 US dollar

 

V

VaR                 value-at-risk

VAT                 value added tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This is a general list of the abbreviations frequently used in our financial reporting. Not all of the listed abbreviations may appear in this particular report.

  

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cautionary Statement | This report and the information contained herein are provided solely for information purposes, and are not to be construed as solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any securities or other financial instruments in Switzerland, the United States or any other jurisdiction. No investment decision relating to securities of or relating to UBS Group AG, UBS AG or their affiliates should be made on the basis of this report. Refer to UBS’s Annual Report 2020, available at ubs.com/investors, for additional information.

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages and percent changes are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Information about absolute changes between reporting periods, which is provided in text and which can be derived from figures displayed in the tables, is calculated on a rounded basis.

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate that the field is not applicable or not meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Percentage changes are presented as a mathematical calculation of the change between periods.

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UBS Group AG

P.O. Box

CH-8098 Zurich

 

ubs.com

 

 

 

 


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

UBS Group AG

 

 

 

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________ 

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

 

 

 

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________ 

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________ 

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

 

 

 

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________ 

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

 

 

 

 

Date:  March 5, 2021